20150238 Project Manual 06292015BID SET
PROJECT MANUAL
YELM COMMUNITY SCHOOLS NO. 2
Mill Pond Elementary
School Play Shed
June 29, 2015
ERICKSON •MCGOVERN
Project Manual
Mill Pond Elementary
School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
OWNER
CHIS HANSEN
FACILITIES AND CAPITAL PROJECTS DIRECTOR
YELM COMMUNITY SCHOOLS NO. 2
1071 ST STREET NORTH (PO BOX 476)
YELM, wA 98597 -0476
PHONE: (360) 458 -6127
FAX: (360) 458 -6178
ARCHITECT
ERICKSON MCGOVERN, P.L.L.C.
101 EAST 26TH STREET, SUITE 300
TACOMA, WA 98421
CONTACT: RAY Mow, AIA
PHONE: (253) 531 -0206
FAX: (253) 531 -9197
CIVIL ENGINEER
SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC.
4815 CENTER STREET
TACOMA, WA 98409
CONTACT: MARTY MERRIOTT
PHONE: (253) 474 -9449
FAX: (253) 474 -0153
JUNE 29, 2015
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER
PCS STRUCTURAL SOLUTIONS
950 PACIFIC AVENUE, SUITE 1100
TACOMA, WASHINGTON 98402
CONTACT: JACK PINKARD
PHONE: (253) 383 -2797
FAX: (253) 383 -1557
�41*01 V [a_1111111114►[r]1►144 ;�
CARRIE TAYLOR
BCE ENGINEERS
6021 12TH STREET EAST, SUITE 200
TACOMA, WA 98424
PHONE: (253) 922 -0446
FAX: (253) 922 -0896
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION NUMBER OF PAGES
DIVISION 00— PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 00 0100, TABLE OF CONTENTS ........................................................... ...............................
2
00 4200, FORM OF PROPOSAL ............................................................ ...............................
2
00 5000, AGREEMENT ........................................................................ ...............................
10
00 5200, GENERAL CONDITIONS ......................................................... ...............................
2
DIVISION 01 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
9
SECTION 01 0000, SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS .................................................... ...............................
1
01 1000, SUMMARY ........................................................................... ...............................
3
DIVISION 03 —CONCRETE
3
SECTION 03 3000, CAST -1 N -PLACE CONCRETE ................................................. ...............................
13
DIVISION 05 - METALS
SECTION 051200, STRUCTURAL STEEL ............................................................. ..............................6
DIVISION 07 — THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
SECTION 07 19000, WATER REPELLENTS AND ANTI - GRAFFITI COATING ............. ............................... 4
07 9005, PAINTS AND COATINGS NEW CONSTRUCTION ........................ ............................... 12
DIVISION 09— FINISHES
SECTION 09 2116, GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES .............................................. ............................... 6
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
SECTION 11 6623, SPORTS EQUIPMENT ............................................................ ...............................
3
DIVISION 13- SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 13 3419, PRE - ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING SYSTEM ........................ ...............................
7
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
SECTION 26 0000, ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS ...................................... ...............................
9
26 0005, ELECTRICAL— EXISTING SYSTEMS ........................................ ...............................
2
26 0010, EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ELECTRICAL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES ................
4
26 0519, WIRES AND CABLES ............................................................ ...............................
3
26 0526, GROUNDING AND BONDING .................................................. ...............................
1
26 0532, OUTLET AND PULL BOXES .................................................... ...............................
2
26 0533, RACEWAY ........................................................................... ...............................
3
26 2416, PANELBOARDS .................................................................... ...............................
3
26 2726, SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES ............................................. ...............................
1
26 5000, LIGHTING ............................................................................ ...............................
3
DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK
SECTION 31 0516, AGGREGATES ...................................................................... ...............................
3
31 1000, SITE CLEARING, GRUBBUNG, AND DEMOLITION ...................... ...............................
4
31 2317. TRENCHING ........................................................................... .............................11
31 2323, EARTHWORK ....................................................................... ...............................
14
31 2513, EROSION CONTROLS ........................................................... ...............................
4
2015 -20/ Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed Bid - TOC - 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
DIVISION 32 —EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
SECTION 32 1216, ASPHALT PAVING ................................................................. ............................... 7
DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES
SECTION 33 0131, UTILITY STRUCTURE GRADE ADJUSTMENT .............................. ............................... 2
33 0513, MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES .............................................. ............................... 5
33 4100, STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING .......................................... ............................... 5
10 END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
2015 -20/ Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed Bid - TOC - 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
SECTION 00 5000
AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT BETWEEN
SCHOOL DISTRICT AND CONTRACTOR
The effective date of the Agreement is:
The Parties to the Agreement are
The "School District"
The "Contractor"
Contract Sum for the Work:
July _ , 2015
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Date of Substantial Completion of the Work: October 22, 2015
Date of Final Completion of the Work: 30 calendar days after substantial completion.
Liquidated Damages:
Unit Prices:
Minimum Required Insurance
Commercial General Liability:
Commercial Auto Liability, Owned
And Non -Owned Auto Liability:
Workers' compensation (industrial
Insurance):
Employer's Liability:
Installation Floater:
$200.00 per day
N/A
At least $1 million per occurrence;
$1 million general aggregate
At least $1 million
State statutory amount
At least $100,000
Value of goods and equipment to be Installed
The School District and Contractor agree as set forth below.
ARTICLE 1: THE WORK. The Contractor shall fully execute and complete the entire Work described in
the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 2: COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL AND FINAL COMPLETION
2.1 The date of commencement of the Work (the date from which the Contract Time is measured) is the
date of this Agreement.
2.2 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion and Final Completion of the entire Work as
specified above, subject to adjustments of the Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 3: THE CONTRACT SUM. The School District shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum for
the performance of the Contract, subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 4: PAYMENT. The School District will pay the Contractor based upon an Application for
Payment within thirty (30) days of an approved Application for Payment.
ARTICLE 5: PERMITS AND FEES. The Contractor shall secure and pay all governmental permits, fees,
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 005000-1 AGREEMENT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
licenses, and inspections.
ARTICLE 6: ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents include the
executed Agreement, including the attached General Conditions, any Supplementary and other Conditions of
the Agreement, the Specifications, the Drawings, any Addenda, and the prevailing wage rates set forth by the
Department of Labor and Industries (determined as of the Bid Date for the county in which the Project is
located and are available at http;// www. Ini. wa. gov/ TradesLicensing /PrevWages /WageRates /default. asp), and
are enumerated as follows:
1. Specifications:
Section
Attachment A
Description
Table of Contents
15 2. Drawings:
16 Attachment B Index of Drawings
17 School District: Yelm Community Schools Contractor:
18 By: By:
19
20 Title: Title:
21
22
23 GENERAL CONDITIONS
24
25 ARTICLE 7: THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
7.1 The intent of the Contract Documents
is to include all items necessary for the proper
execution and completion of the Work by the
Contractor. Performance by the Contractor is
required to the extent consistent with the Contract
Documents and reasonably inferable from them as
being necessary to produce the intended results.
7.2 "Work" means the construction and
services required by the Contract Documents and
include all labor, materials, equipment and services
to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the
Contractor's obligations.
ARTICLE 8: ADMINISTRATION OF THE
AGREEMENT
8.1 The School District will provide
administration of the Agreement. If an Architect or
Engineer is also involved, its duties beyond those
addressed in the General Conditions will be
described in an attachment to this Agreement.
Pages
54 requirements of the Contract Documents, or to
55 approve or accept any portion of the Work not
56 executed in accordance with, or to issue
57 instructions contrary to, the Contract Documents.
58
59 8.3 The School District may reject work
60 when, in its opinion, the Work does not conform to
61 the Contract Documents.
62
63 8.4 The School District may visit the site
64 at intervals it considers appropriate to the stage of
65 the Work to become generally familiar with the
66 progress and quality of the completed Work.
67
68 ARTICLE 9: THE CONTRACTOR
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
8.2 School District representatives are not 81
authorized to revoke, alter, relax or release any 82
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 005000-2
9.1 Using its best skill and attention, the
Contractor shall perform, supervise and direct the
Work. The Contractor shall be solely responsible
for and have control over construction means,
methods, techniques, sequences, procedures and
personnel, for safety, and for coordinating all
portions of the Work under the Agreement. The
Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor,
materials, equipment, tools and machinery,
transportation, and other facilities and services
necessary for the proper execution and completion
of the Work.
AGREEMENT
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
9.2 Subcontractors. A "Subcontractor" is
a person or entity that has a direct contract with the
Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the
Site or to supply materials or equipment. A
"Subcontractor of any tier" includes Subcontractors
and all lower level sub - subcontractors and
suppliers. As soon as practicable and no later than
ten (10) days after award of the Agreement, the
Contractor shall confirm in writing to the School
District the names of the Subcontractors for each
portion of the Work.
9.3 Workers. The Contractor shall
enforce strict discipline and good order among
persons carrying out the Work and shall not permit
employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled
in tasks assigned to them. A person shall be unfit
and removed from the Work who has been found
guilty of any felony crime as specified in RCW
28A.400.330, generally crimes against children.
9.4 Compliance with Law. The
Contractor, its employees and representatives shall
at all times comply with all applicable laws,
ordinances, statutes, rules and regulations, federal
and state, county and municipal, and particularly
those relating to wages, hours, fair employment
practices, non - discrimination, safety and working
conditions.
9.5 Prevailing Wages. Pursuant to
39.12, no worker, laborer, or mechanic shall be
paid less than the "prevailing rate of wage" (in
effect as of the date that bids were due).
9.6 Hours of Labor. The Contractor shall
comply with all applicable provisions of RCW
49.28.
9.7 Workers' Right to Know. The
Contractor shall comply with RCW 49.70 and WAC
296 -62 -054 regarding workplace surveys and
material safety data sheets for "hazardous"
chemicals at the Site.
9.8 Warranty. The Contractor warrants
that materials and equipment furnished under the
Agreement will be of good quality and new, that the
Work will be performed in a workmanlike manner,
free from defects not inherent in the quality
required or permitted, and that the Work will
conform to the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
9.9 Submittals. The Contractor shall
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
56 review, approve and submit to the School District
57 with reasonable promptness Shop Drawings,
58 Product Data, Samples and similar submittals
59 required by the Contract Documents. The Work
60 shall be in accordance with approved submittals.
61
62 9.10 Progress Schedule. Within ten (10)
63 days of execution of this Agreement, the
64 Contractor shall submit a schedule of the Work to
65 the School District.
66
67 9.11 Clean -Up. The Contractor shall keep
68 the premises and surrounding area free from
69 accumulation of waste materials caused by
70 operations under the Agreement.
71
72 9.12 Indemnification. Subject to the
73 following and to the extent of the Contractor's
74 negligence, the Contractor shall defend, indemnify,
75 and hold harmless the School District and its
76 agents, employees, consultants, successors and
77 assigns from and against all claims, damages,
78 losses and expenses, direct and indirect, or
79 consequential, including costs and attorneys' fees
80 incurred on such claims and in proving the right to
81 indemnification, arising out of or resulting from the
82 performance of the Work or any act or omission of
83 the Contractor, its agents, any of its Subcontractors
84 of any tier, and anyone directly or indirectly
85 employed by them.
86
87 9.13 Records. The Contractor shall
88 maintain and preserve books, ledgers, records,
89 documents, estimates, correspondence, logs,
90 schedules, electronic data and other evidence
91 relating or pertaining to the costs and /or
92 performance of the Contract ( "records "). Within
93 seven (7) days of the School District's request, the
94 Contractor shall make available at the Contractor's
95 office all records for inspection, audit and
96 reproduction (including electronic reproduction) by
97 the School District's representatives.
98
99 9.14 Licensing. The Contractor shall be
100 duly licensed in the jurisdiction of the Project.
101
102 ARTICLE 10: CONSTRUCTION NOT BY THE
103 CONTRACTOR
104
105 10.1 The School District may perform
106 construction or operations related to the Project
107 with its own forces and to award separate contracts
108 in connection with other portions of the Project
109 under contractual conditions substantially similar to
110 those of the Contract Documents.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 005000-3
AGREEMENT
1 56
2 10.2 The Contractor shall afford the School 57
3 District and separate contractors reasonable 58
4 opportunity for the introduction and storage of their 59
5 materials and equipment and performance of their 60
6 activities, and shall connect and coordinate the 61
7 Contractor's construction and operations as 62
8 required by the Contract Documents. 63
9 64
10 ARTICLE 11: CHANGES IN THE WORK
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
11.1 The School District, without
invalidating the Agreement, may order changes in
the Work consisting of additions, deletions or
modifications ( "Changes "), and the Contract Sum
and Contract Time will be adjusted accordingly.
Changes in the Work, the Contract Sum and /or the
Contract Time shall be authorized only by written
Change Order signed by the School District and
the Contractor.
11.1.1 Change Orders. A
Change Order is a written instrument signed by the
School District and the Contractor stating their
agreement upon a change in the Work; the amount
of any adjustment in the Contract Sum and the
extent of any adjustment in the Contract Time.
11.1.2 Proposal Request. A
Proposal Request is a written order prepared and
signed by the School District and the Contractor,
stating their agreement upon a change in the
Work, the method for determining the adjustment
in the Contract Sum, if any; and the method for
determining the adjustment in the Contract Time, if
any.
11.2 If the parties cannot agree on the cost
or credit to the School District from a Change in the
Work, the Contractor shall keep and present an
itemized accounting with supporting data. The total
cost of any Change or Claim shall be limited to the
reasonable value of the direct labor costs,
materials costs, construction equipment usage
costs for the actual time equipment appropriate to
the Work is used solely on the Change in the
Work, the cost of any change in insurance,
Subcontractor costs, and a Fee for all combined
overhead and profit, including impact costs of any
kind limited to 12% of the cost of any materials or
work performed by a Contractor's or Sub-
contractor's own forces, 8% of amounts due to
lower -tier Subcontractors.
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
Conditions. If conditions unknown to the
Contractor are encountered at the site that are (1)
concealed physical conditions that differ materially
from those indicated in the Contract Documents or
(2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual
nature that differ materially from those ordinarily
found and generally recognized as inherent in
activities of the character provided for in the
Contract Documents, then the Contractor shall give
written notice to the School District promptly before
conditions are disturbed and in no event later than
seven (7) days after the first observance on the
conditions. Any Claim arising from such condition
shall be made in accordance with the dispute
resolution process.
ARTICLE 12: TIME
12.1 If, through no fault of the Contractor or
a Subcontractor of any tier, the Work is delayed by
changes ordered in the Work, unanticipated
general labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in
deliveries, abnormal adverse weather conditions
not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable
casualties or any other causes beyond the
Contractor's control, then the Contract Time shall
be extended by Change Order to the extent the
critical path is affected. The Contractor and
Subcontractors shall be entitled to damages for
delay, only where the School District's actions or
inactions were the actual, substantial cause of the
delay and where the Contractor could not have
reasonably avoided the delay by the exercise of
due diligence. If a delay was caused by the
Contractor, a Subcontractor of any tier, or anyone
acting on behalf of them, the Contractor is not
entitled to an increase in the Contract Time or in
the Contract Sum.
12.2 The timely completion of this Project is
essential to the School District. The School District
will incur serious and substantial damages if
Substantial Completion of the Work does not occur
within the Contract Time; however, it would be
difficult if not impossible to determine the amount
of such damages. Consequently, the Agreement
may include provisions for liquidated damages,
which are not affected by partial completion,
occupancy, or beneficial occupancy; otherwise, the
Contractor is responsible for actual damages.
107 ARTICLE 13: PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
108
109 13.1 Payments. Payment shall be made
11.3 Claims for Concealed or Unknown 110 as provided in this Agreement. If progress
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 005000-4 AGREEMENT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
payments are specified, they will be made as
specified in the Supplemental Conditions.
13.2 Prevailing Wages. The Contractor
shall comply with all applicable provisions of RCW
39.12, including but not limited to submission of
approved "Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing
Wage," payment of all L &I fees, submission and
posting of approved "Statements of Intent to Pay
Prevailing Wages" and payment of prevailing
wages.
13.3 Withheld Payment. Payment may be
withheld on account of (1) defective Work not
remedied, (2) claims filed by third parties, (3)
failure of the Contractor to make payments
properly for labor, materials or equipment, (4)
damage to the School District or another
contractor, (5) reasonable evidence that the unpaid
balance would not be adequate to cover actual or
liquidated damages for delay for which the
Contractor is responsible, (6) failure to carry out the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,
or (7) liquidated damages.
13.4 Substantial Completion.
13.4.1 When the Contractor
believes that the Work is Substantially Complete, it
shall notify the School District in writing. When the
School District agrees, it will issue a Certificate of
Substantial Completion. Substantial Completion is
the state in the progress of the Work when the
construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance
with the Contract Documents, so the School
District can fully utilize the Work (or a designated
portion) for its intended use. All Work other than
incidental corrective or punchlist work and final
cleaning shall have been completed. The Work is
not Substantially Complete if all systems and parts
affected by the Work are not usable. The fact that
the School District may use or occupy the Work or
designated portion thereof does not indicate that
the Work is Substantially Complete, nor does such
occupation toll or change any liquidated damages
due the School District.
13.4.2 Immediately before any
occupancy, the School District will schedule an
inspection tour of the area to be occupied.
Representatives of the School District and
Contractor will jointly tour the area and record
items still remaining to be finished or corrected.
The Contractor shall supply and install any items
missed by the inspection but required or necessary
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 005000-5
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
for Final Completion as a part of the Contract Sum.
13.5 Final Payment. Pursuant to RCW
60.28, completion of the Contract Work shall occur
and final payment shall become due after the
Contractor has been notified that the Work has
been concluded and submits the items listed below
to the School District, any required occupancy
permit has been issued and the School District's
Board of Directors formally accepts the Project.
.1 An affidavit that all payrolls,
Subcontractors, bills for materials and equipment,
and other indebtedness connected with the Work
for which the School District might be responsible
or encumbered, have been paid or otherwise
satisfied,
.2 A certificate evidencing that
insurance required by the Contract Documents to
remain in force after final payment is currently in
effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire
until at least thirty (30) days' prior written notice has
been given to the School District,
.3 Other data establishing payment or
satisfaction of or protection (satisfactory to the
School District) against all obligations, such as
receipts, releases and waivers of liens arising out
of the Contract, satisfactorily demonstrating to the
School District that the claims of Subcontractors
and laborers who have filed claims have been paid,
.4 Pursuant to RCW 39.12.040,
required "Affidavits of Wages Paid,"
.5 Pursuant to RCW 50.24, a
certificate from the Department of Employment
Security,
.6 A certified statement that the
Contractor has closed all necessary permits or
otherwise met the requirements of all governing
jurisdictions related to this Project,
.7 All warranties, guarantees,
certificates, spare parts, specified excess material,
and other documents or items required by the
Contractor Documents,
.8 A legible hard copy of the as -built
drawings, and
documents.
9 Original permits and permit
AGREEMENT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
13.6 If any Subcontractor of any tier
refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by
the School District, the School District may retain
such amount as to defray the cost of foreclosing
the liens of such claims and to pay attorneys' fees,
the total of which shall be no less than 150% of the
claimed amount. If any such lien remains
unsatisfied after all payments are made, the
Contractor shall refund to the School District all
moneys that the latter may be compelled to pay in
discharging such lien, including all costs and
reasonable attorneys' fees.
13.7 Waivers.
13.7.1 Final Payment by the School
District. The making of final payment shall
constitute a waiver of claims by the School District
except those arising from (1) claims or
encumbrances arising out of the Agreement and
unsettled; (2) failure of the Work to comply with the
requirements of the Contract Documents; or (3)
terms of warranties required by the Contract
Documents or law.
13.7.2 Final Payment to the
Contractor. Acceptance of final payment by the
Contractor shall constitute a waiver of Claims
except those previously made in writing and
identified in writing as unsettled on the final
Application for Payment.
13.7.3 Change Orders. The
execution of a Change Order shall constitute a
waiver of Claims by the Contractor arising out of
the Work to be performed or deleted pursuant to
the Change Order, except as specifically described
in the Change Order. If the Contractor adds a
reservation of rights that has not been initialed by
the School District, any amounts previously agreed
shall be considered disputed and not yet payable.
13.8 Warranty of Title. The Contractor
warrants and guarantees that title to Work,
materials and equipment covered by payment,
whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass
to the School District no later than the time of
payment, free and clear of liens.
ARTICLE 14: PROTECTION OF PERSONS
AND PROPERTY
14.1 The Contractor shall be solely
responsible, and the School District shall not have
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 005000-6
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
responsibility, for all aspects of safety. The
Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for
safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection
of persons and property to prevent damage, injury
or loss.
14.2 The Contactor shall not be required to
perform without consent any Work relating to
asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl ( "PCB "),
unless identified as such in the Contract
Documents.
ARTICLE 15: INSURANCE AND BONDS
15.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance.
The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in
a company or companies lawfully authorized and
admitted to do business in the jurisdiction in which
the Project is located, possessing a Best's
policyholder's rating of "A minus" or better and a
financial rating of no less than VIII, and reasonably
acceptable to the Owner, an occurrence -based
Commercial General Liability Insurance Policy,
which shall provide personal injury, bodily injury,
and property damage liability to cover the
Contractor's operations, including Subcontractors
and suppliers of any tier, and including but not
limited to premises, products /completed
operations, personal injury, blanket contractual
liability, explosion, collapse or underground (XCU),
and stopgap employer's liability; advertising injury;
automobile liability (including but not limited to
owned, non - owned, and hired vehicles) on work
the Contractor may subcontract or sublet to others
and on the indemnity provisions of this Contract.
This insurance shall name the Owner, any
Architect or Engineer and their consultants and
employees as additional insureds and will include a
severability of interest (cross liability clause) for
Work performed under this Contract. The
Contractor's policy shall be designated primary
coverage for both defense and indemnity, and any
Owner's policies excess and shall have limits of
liability insurance not less than those described
herein. Such limits of liability insurance shall have
per project general aggregate provisions and shall
be no less than those described herein as will
protect the Contractor from claims that may arise
out of or result from the Contractor's operations
and completed operations under the Contract and
for which the Contractor may be legally liable,
whether such operations be by the Contractor or by
Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose
acts any of them may be liable. Before
AGREEMENT
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
commencing the Work or exposure to loss can
occur, the Contractor shall furnish the School
District with a signed Certificate of Insurance in a
form reasonably acceptable to the School District
as evidence of all insurance required by the
Contract Documents. Coverage shall be
maintained without interruption from the date of
commencement of the Work until no earlier than
the date of Final Acceptance. Completed
operations coverage shall remain in force for three
(3) years after Final Acceptance.
15.2 Property Insurance. The School
District shall insure the property in the amount of its
insurable replacement cost, including additions and
alterations, against physical loss. The policies
shall inure to the benefit of the School District only.
Upon the occurrence of an insured loss, the School
District shall have the power to adjust and settle
any loss with the insurers. The Contractor shall
bear the risk of any loss, damage or destruction of
its own property to the extent that it will not be
incorporated in the Work, including but not limited
to loss from theft or vandalism. Any insurance
provided by the School District will not cover any
such loss, damage or destruction. The Contractor
shall carry an "installation floater" to cover its goods
and equipment on site.
15.3 Payment and Performance Bond.
The Contractor is required by RCW 39.08 to
secure a payment and performance bond on this
Project in a form and with a surety approved by the
School District.
ARTICLE 16: CORRECTION OF WORK
16.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct
Work rejected or failing to conform to the
requirements of the Contract Documents at any
time through a period of one (1) year from the date
of Substantial Completion of the Agreement or by
terms of a longer manufacturer's warranty or an
applicable special warranty required by the
Contract Documents.
16.2 If the Contractor fails to correct Work
that is not in accordance with the requirements of
the Contract Documents or fails to carry out the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,
the School District, by a written order, may order
the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion
thereof, until the cause for such order has been
eliminated.
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
56 16.3 Nothing in this Article shall establish a
57 period of limitation with respect to other obligations
58 that the Contractor might have under the Contract
59 Documents.
60
61 ARTICLE 17: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISONS
62
63 17.1 The Agreement shall be governed by
64 the internal law of Washington, without regard to its
65 choice -of -law provisions.
66
67 17.2 The Contractor shall give notices and
68 comply with applicable laws, rules, regulations and
69 orders of public authorities, including but not limited
70 to RCW 39.06 and RCW 18.27 (Registration),
71 RCW 49.60 (Discrimination), RCW 70.92 (Aged
72 and Handicapped Persons), WAC 296 -155 (Safety
73 Standards), RCW 50.24 (Unemployment
74 Compensation), Drug -Free Workplace Act of 1988
75 (Drug -Free Workplace), RCW 9.41.280 (Weapons)
76 and RCW 49.26 (any asbestos removal). Smoking
77 or use of any kind of lighted smoking equipment,
78 material, or smokeless tobacco products is
79 prohibited on all School District property.
80
81 ARTICLE 18: TERMINATION OF THE
82 CONTRACT
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 005000-7
18.1 Termination for Cause by
Contractor. If the School District fails to make
payment for a period of sixty (60) days through no
fault of the Contractor, the Contractor may, upon
seven (7) additional days' written notice, terminate
the Agreement and recover from the School District
payment for all Work executed.
18.2 Termination for Cause by the
School District. The School District may, upon
seven (7) days' written notice to the Contractor,
terminate without prejudice the whole or any
portion of the Work for cause, including but not
limited to the Contractor's material breach of this
Agreement, the Contractor's failure to prosecute
the Work or any portion thereof with sufficient
diligence to ensure the Substantial Completion of
the Work within the Contract Time, the Contractor's
material disregard of laws, ordinances, rules,
regulations or orders of any public authority having
jurisdiction, the Contractor's being adjudged
bankrupt, making a general assignment for the
benefit of its creditors, or a receiver being
appointed on account of the Contractor's
insolvency.
18.3 Termination for Convenience by
AGREEMENT
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
99
100
101
102
103
School District. The School District may, at any
time upon ten (10) days' written notice to the
Contractor, terminate without prejudice the whole
or portion of the Work for the convenience of the
School District. The School District shall be liable
to Contractor only for (1) the amount due under this
Agreement for the performance of the Work
terminated and (2) other pre- approved costs,
consistent with the categories in Paragraph 11.2,
necessary and reasonably incurred in connection
with the termination of Work.
18.4 Effects of Termination.
18.4.1 The total sum to be paid to
the Contractor under this Paragraph 18 shall not
exceed the Contract Sum as reduced by the
amount of payments otherwise made.
18.4.2 Unless the School District
directs otherwise, after receipt of a Notice of
Termination by the School District, the Contractor
shall promptly stop Work as specified in the Notice
of Termination, place no further orders or
subcontracts, except as necessary for the
completion of non - terminated Work, procure
cancellation of all orders and subcontracts to the
extent related to the performance of terminated
Work, assign to the School District all of the right,
title and interest of the Contractor under all orders
and subcontracts, with the School District's
approval, settle all outstanding liabilities and all
claims arising out of such termination of orders and
subcontracts not assigned to the School District,
transfer title and deliver to the entity or entitles
designated by the School District the fabricated or
unfabricated parts, Work in process, partially
completed supplies and equipment, materials,
parts, tools, dies, jigs and other fixtures, completed
Work, supplies and other material produced as part
of, or acquired in connection with the performance
of, the Work terminated, and the completed or
partially completed plans, drawings, information
and other property related to the Work, take such
action as may be necessary or as directed by the
School District to preserve and protect the Work
and property related to this Project in the
possession of the Contractor in which the School
District has an interest, and continue performance
only to the extent not terminated.
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
51
52 18.4.3 The damages and relief
53 from termination shall be the Contractor's sole
54 entitlement in the event of termination.
55
56 ARTICLE 19: DISPUTE RESOLUTION
57
58 19.1 All claims, disputes and other matters
59 in question of the Contractor arising out of, or
60 relating to, the Contract Documents or the breach
61 thereof ( "Claims ") shall be decided exclusively by
62 the following dispute resolution procedure. The
63 Contractor shall diligently carry on the Work and
64 maintain the progress schedule during the dispute
65 resolution procedure, unless the parties mutually
66 agree in writing otherwise.
67
68 19.2 Notice of Claim. The Contractor
69 shall submit notice of all Claims to the School
70 District in writing within fourteen (14) days of the
71 event giving rise to them.
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 005000-8
19.3 Claim Submission. Within thirty (30)
days of the event giving rise to the Claim, the
Contractor shall provide the School District in
writing with a Claim, including a clear description of
the Claim, all changes in cost and in time, and data
supporting the Claim.
19.4 Litigation. Any Claim arising out of or
related to the Contract, or the breach thereof,
except for Claims which have been waived as
provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents and
except for Claims waived under the provisions of
the Contract Documents, shall be decided by court
of competent jurisdiction pursuant to the regular
rules of civil procedure unless the parties hereafter
mutually agree in writing to mediation or binding
arbitration. This provision for litigation in place of
arbitration shall be called in these Contract
Documents "dispute resolution." When the term
"demand for mediation or arbitration" or any phrase
with similar meaning shall be used in the Contract
Documents, there shall be deemed substituted in
the place thereof the term "commencement of
litigation." Litigation may be commenced when
forty -five (45) days have passed after a Claim has
been referred and no decision has been rendered.
AGREEMENT
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
Supplemental Conditions
Progress Payments. Progress payments shall be made monthly for Work duly approved and performed
during the calendar month preceding the application according to the following procedure.
7 1. Draft Application. Within the first ten (10) days of each month, the Contractor shall submit to the
8 School District a report on the current status of the Work as compared to the Progress Schedule
9 and a draft itemized application for payment for Work performed during the prior calendar month.
10 This shall not constitute a payment request. The Contractor, the School District and the Architect or
11 Engineer (if any) shall meet within the next ten (10) days and confer regarding the current progress
12 of the Work and the amount of payment to which the Contractor is entitled. The School District may
13 request the Contractor to provide data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment, such as
14 copies of requisitions or invoices from Subcontractors. The Contractor shall not be entitled to make
15 a payment request, nor is any payment due the Contractor, until such data is furnished.
16 2. Payment Request. Within five (5) days after the Contractor and the School District have met and
17 conferred regarding the draft application, and the Contractor has furnished all data requested, the
18 Contractor may submit a payment request in the agreed -upon amount, in the form of a notarized,
19 itemized Application for Payment of Work performed during the prior calendar month on a form
20 supplied or approved by the School District. Among other things, the Application shall state that
21 prevailing wages have been paid in accordance with the prefiled statement(s) of intent to pay
22 prevailing wages on file with the School District and that all payments due Subcontractors from
23 School District's prior payments have been made. THE SUBMISSION OF THIS APPLICATION
24 CONSTITUTES A CERTIFICATION THAT THE CONTRACT IS CURRENT ON THE PROGRESS
25 SCHEDULE, unless otherwise noted on the application. If the Contractor believes it is entitled to
26 payment for Work performed during the prior calendar month in addition to the agreed -upon amount,
27 the Contractor may, within the same five (5) daytime period, submit to the School District a separate
28 written payment request specifying the exact additional amount due, the category in the Schedule of
29 Values in which the payment is due, the specific Work for which the additional amount is due, and
30 why the additional payment is due.
31 3. Payments to Subcontractors. No payment request shall include amounts the Contractor does not
32 intend to pay a Subcontractor. If, after making a request for payment but before paying a
33 Subcontractor for its performance covered by the payment request, the Contractor discovers that
34 part or all of the payment otherwise due to the Subcontractor is subject to withhoilding from the
35 Subcontractor for unsatisfactory performance, the Contractor may withhold the amount as allowed
36 under the subcontract, but it shall give the Subcontractor and the School District written notice of the
37 remedial actions that must be taken as soon as practicable after determining the cause for the
38 withholding but before the due date for the Subcontractor payment, and pay the Subcontractor within
39 eight (8) working days after the Subcontractor satisfactorily completes the remedial action identified
40 in the notice.
41 4. Schedule of Values. Prior to submitting the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit
42 to the Owner a schedule of values allocating the entire Contract Sum to the various portions of the
43 Work and prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the
44 Owner may require. The approved Schedule of Values shall be used as a basis for reviewing the
45 Contractor's Applications for Payment. The Schedule of Values shall allocate ten percent (10 %) of
46 the Contract Sum as a separate line item for that portion of the Work between Substantial
47 Completion and Final Completion, including, for example, completion of the punchlist, furnishing of
48 deliverables required by the Contract Documents, commissioning, trainings, and completion of all
49 requirements for Final Completion and final payment. This line item will be earned and paid as a
50 part of the final payment. This percentage is not the statutory retainage described in Section 5 but
51 rather requires the Contractor to recognize that it will expend significant efforts and costs in
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 005000-9 AGREEMENT
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
advancing the Work from Substantial Completion to Final Completion, and that this amount is not
earned until Final Completion of the Work is accomplished.
3 5. Retainage. Pursuant to RCW 60.28, the School District will reserve 5% from the moneys the
4 Contractor earns on estimates during the progress of the Work, to be retained as a trust fund for the
5 protection and payment of the claims of any person arising under the Agreement and the state with
6 respect to taxes imposed that may be due from the Contractor. The moneys reserved will be
7 retained in a fund by the School District until forty -five (45) days following Final Acceptance. If
8 moneys are retained from the Contractor, it may retain payment of not more than 5% from the
9 moneys earned by any Subcontractor, provided that the Contractor pays interest to the
10 Subcontractor at the same interest rate it receives from its reserved funds.
11
12 END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 005000-10 AGREEMENT
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 SECTION 00 5200
2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS & CONDITIONS
3 Yelm Community Schools No. 2
4 1. All work shall be completed in accordance with applicable laws, ordinances, codes, and regulations
5 Unless otherwise specified, Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all permits and approvals
6 from agencies with jurisdiction.
7 2. Contactor shall comply with the requirements of RCW 39.12 regarding the payment of prevailing
8 wages, including the requirements to deliver a Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages and post
9 notice of such intent prior to commencement of work, and to file an Affidavit of Wages Paid after
10 completion of the work. Contractor shall provide certified payroll records.
11 3. All work under this Agreement shall be subject to the requirements of RCW 60.28.011 regarding the
12 retention of a percentage of the amount to be paid Contractor or the provision of other security,
13 pending the completion of the work and the release of any and all liens by subcontractors and
14 suppliers.
15 4. If the price to be paid for the work by District exceeds $35,000, Contractor shall, pursuant to RCW
16 39.08.010, post a performance /payment bond.
17 5. If the price to be paid for the work by District is less than $35,000, Contractor shall, pursuant to RCW
18 39.08.010, either post a performance /payment bond or the Contractor may request in writing that the
19 Owner retain 50% of the contract amount for a period of 45 days from the date of acceptance or until
20 necessary releases and settlement from liens, if any, whichever is later. Letter must have signature
21 and company name and be forwarded to: Yelm Community Schools No.2, attention, Chris Hansen,
22 Director of Facilities and Capital Projects.
23 6. Contractor shall maintain the following insurance issued by insurance companies admitted in the
24 State of Washington and acceptable to the Owner, with a Best Rating of no less than "B +VII ",
25 providing no less than the following coverage and limits. Such insurance shall protect against claims
26 arising from any act or omission of the Contractor or the subcontractors or by anyone employed
27 directly or indirectly by either of them. A certificate of insurance evidencing the following coverages
28 shall be forwarded to Yelm Community Schools No.2, attention, Chris Hansen, Director of Facilities
29 and Capital Projects. rp for to the commencement of work. Such certificate shall state that the
30 coverage cannot be cancelled or materially changed without 30 days prior notice to the Owner:
31 a. Commercial General Liability with a limit of $1,000,000 bodily injury, personal injury and
32 property damage combined per occurrence, with $1,000,000 aggregate is required. Such
33 insurance shall include contractual, broad form property damage, and fire and water damage
34 legal liability and hall include an endorsement naming the Owner and its officials,
35 employees, agents, and agencies having jurisdiction as additional insureds.
36 b. Automobile Liability covering all autos with a limit of $1,000,000 bodily injury and property
37 damage combined per accident.
38 c. Evidence of Workers' Compensation.
39 The District carries builder's risk insurance on its property for the interest of the District only. The
40 Contractor is responsible for any damage, which it may cause. The Contractor may choose to
41 purchase builder's risk or other insurance to cover this risk.
42 7. Contractor shall protect all school occupants and property from injury or damage caused by the
43 work, and to the extent possible, Contractor shall minimize any disruption of normal functions and
44 activities of the school during work.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 005200-1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS & CONDTIONS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
8.
Contractor shall clean up and remove all refuse and unused materials from areas open to school use
2
at the end of each workday, and from all areas prior to final completion of the work. Contractor shall
3
repair, at Contractor's expense, any damage caused by Contractor while working pursuant to this
4
contract.
5
9.
All activities performed by Contractor are performed at its own risk. Contractor shall hold the District
6
and authorities having jurisdiction harmless and defend the District against all claims, liens, suits,
7
expenses, or other liability for injury or death to any person or damage to or destruction of any
8
property arising from Contractor's performance of the work, provided this provision shall not apply to
9
any injury, death, damage or destruction caused by the sole negligence of the District.
10
10.
Contractor shall guarantee all work to be new and free from faults and defects in materials and
11
workmanship for a period of one year after the date of the District's acceptance of the work, or for
12
any longer period of time required by law.
13
11.
Contractor will comply fully with all ADA /504 requirements.
14
12.
Prior to submitting the proposal, the Contractor and each Subcontractor shall have evaluated and
15
satisfied themselves as to the conditions and limitations under which the work is to be performed.
16
13.
Adjustments to the contract sum will be limited to 15% overhead and profit for Contractor and 15%
17
overhead and profit for Subcontractor with a maximum of 30% overhead and profit combined for all
18
tiers.
19 14. The Owner shall have the right to terminate the Agreement for default if the Contractor:
20 a. Refuses or fails to supply sufficient properly skilled workmen or materials of the proper
21 quality, or
22 b. Fails to prosecute the work continuously to completion with promptness and diligence, or
23 c. Fails to perform any of Contractor's obligations under the Agreement.
24 15. The District reserves the right to request, prior to the release of final payment, that Contractors must
25 submit proof of payment for themselves and all subcontractors under their direct control of all L &I
26 premiums affected by this project to the Capital Projects Office. This includes sufficient detail to
27 reconcile the corresponding premium liability generated as a result of this project to the payment.
28 END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 005200-2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS & CONDTIONS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
SECTION 01 0000
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
PART 1 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
GENERAL
A0.00 PROJECT INFORMATION SHEET
CIVIL
T1.0 OVERALL SITE IMPROVEMENTS COVER SHEET
C1.0 DEMOLITION AND EROSION CONTROL PLAN
C1.1 DEMOLITION AND EROSION CONTROL NOTES AND DETAILS
C2.0 SURFACING AND GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLAN
C2.1 SURFACING AND GRADING AND DRAINAGE DETAILS
C2.2 GRADING AND DRAINAGE NOTES
ARCHITECTURAL
A1.00 ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN
A2.00 BUILDING FLOOR PLAN, ROOF PLAN AND DETAILS
STRUCTURAL
S1.00
GENERAL NOTES
S1.01
GENERAL NOTES
S2.00
FOUNDATION PLAN
S3.00
FOUNDATION DETAILS
ELECTRICAL
E0.01 ELECTRICAL LEGEND, DETAILS, GENERAL NOTES, LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
E1.00 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN
E2.00 PLAYSHED ELECTRICAL PLAN, ONE -LINE DIAGRAM, PANEL SCHEDULE, DETAILS
END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play 01 0000-1
Shed
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
RV
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
SECTION 01 1000
SUMMARY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 PROJECT
A. Project Name: Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
B. Owner's Name: Yelm Community Schools No. 2
C. Architect's Name: Erickson McGovern Architects
D. The scope of work involves the construction of a 3,841 Square Foot Pre - manufactured Play
Shed and associated site work and utilities.
E. Special provisions.
1. See Section 00 5000 Agreement:
a. For State of Washington requirements regarding prevailing wage rates.
b. For U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) requirements regarding prevailing wage rates.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 00 5000 - Agreement between School District and Contractor (Small Works Contract)
B. Section 00 5200 - General Requirements & Conditions
1.03 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION
A. Contract Type: A single prime contract based on a Stipulated Price as described in Section 00
5000.
1.04 OWNER OCCUPANCY
A. Owner intends to continue to occupy adjacent portions of the School during the entire
construction period.
B. Schedule the Work to accommodate Owner occupancy.
1.05 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES
A. Construction Operations: Limited to area of work specifically identified on the drawings..
B. Arrange use of site and premises to allow:
1. Owner occupancy of the existing adjacent facilities.
2. Work by Others.
3. Work by Owner.
4. Use of site and premises by the public.
C. Provide access to and from site as required by law and by Owner:
1. Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Keep all exits required by code open
during construction period; provide temporary exit signs if exit routes are temporarily
altered.
2. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or other public ways without permit.
1.06 COORDINATION OF WORK
A. Contractor is required to coordinate all related requirements and work specified throughout the
Project Manual.
1. General: The work of this Contract includes coordination of the entire work of the project,
including preparation of general coordination drawings, diagrams and schedules, and
control of site utilization, from beginning of construction activity through project close -out
and warranty periods.
a. Sequences of demolition and construction have been established to ensure that
existing Schools remain operational for the Owner's use at times during the
construction period as identified herein and on the drawings.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 01 1000-1
SUMMARY
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
2. The General Prime Contractor is responsible for coordinating and scheduling work of
2
subcontractors to expedite progress of the project. General Contractor assumes all
3
responsibility if his subcontractors do not perform. When emergencies occur or if the
4
District's operations are compromised due to incomplete or inaccurate work by
5
subcontractors, the General Contractor will take whatever measures are necessary to
6
correct problems at no expense to the Owner and before leaving the site.
7
B.
Coordinate operations with the construction schedule, Architect, and Owner's representative.
8
C.
Unless otherwise indicated the Contractor's work and responsibilities also include, but are not
9
limited to the following:
10
1. Providing and paying for labor, materials, equipment, tools, machines, facilities and
11
services necessary for proper execution and completion of work.
12
2. Paying required taxes except as noted in the General and Special Conditions.
13
D.
Securing and paying for, as necessary for proper execution and completion of work (as
14
applicable at time of receipt of Bid):
15
1. Fees.
16
2. Licenses.
17
3. Inspections, unless otherwise noted.
18
E.
Giving required notices.
19
F.
Enforcing strict discipline and good order among employees.
20
G.
Using new materials, except as noted.
21
H.
Maintaining required access to and egress from the site and other requirements in accordance
22
with governing codes, ordinances and Owner's Policies throughout the work. Coordinate and
23
provide for school operation access.
24
1. Coordination, sequencing, and scheduling of work in right -of -way:
25
a. Comply with requirements of State of Washington.
26
b. Comply with Sections 1 -07.23 and 1 -10 of the WSDOT /APWA Standard
27
Specifications.
28
1.07 TIME OF COMPLETION
29
A.
Start Date: Upon the Owner's written notice to proceed and intent to award contract or by the
30
date of contract execution, whichever is earliest.
31
B.
All demolition and utility work outside the area of the play shed, demolition and excavation at
32
the play shed shall be completed by August 26, 2015. This includes temporary fencing.
33
B.
Substantial Completion: October 22, 2015
34 C. Final Acceptance Date: Thirty calendar days from the date of Substantial Completion.
35 1.08 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES
36 A. Business Licenses:
37 1. It is the General Contractor and (all lower tier) Sub - Contractors responsibility to secure
38 said license at no cost to the Owner.
39 B. The Owner shall be responsible for the primary building permit. The General Contractor shall
40 provide and pay for any other required permits including ORCCA demolition permits.
41 1.09 STATUTES
42 A. The General Prime Contractor and all subcontractors shall comply with the State of Washington
43 statutes as per reference in the General Conditions and the remainder of the Contract
44 Documents.
45 1. Includes all WAC's per reference.
46 2. Includes all RCW's per reference.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 01 1000-2 SUMMARY
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 1.10 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS
2 A. Separate Contract: The Owner, under separate contract, may elect to remove and /or install
3 new materials and equipment at the site. Those operations will be conducted simultaneously
4 with work under this Contract.
5 B. Cooperate fully with separate contractors so that work under those contracts may be carried out
6 smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract.
7 1.11 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES
8 A. Construction Operations: During the construction period the Contractor shall have use of all
9 areas of the premises in which construction activities are indicated. Coordinate ingress and
10 egress to the site with the Owner.
11 1. Cooperate fully with the Owner or their representative during construction operations to
12 minimize conflicts.
13 2. Smoking or open fires will not be permitted on the premises.
14 3. Contractor shall limit his use of the premises for work and for limited storage.
15 B. Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Keep all exits required by code open during
16 construction period.
17 C. Time Restrictions:
18 1. Limit conduct of work to requirements and standards of the State of Washington.
19 2. Limit conduct of exterior work to the hours of 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM unless approved by
20 Owner.
21 1.12 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
22 1.13 FINAL COMPLETION
23 PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
24 PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED
25 END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 01 1000-3 SUMMARY
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
SECTION 00 4200
2
FORM OF PROPOSAL
3
1.01
FORM OF PROPOSAL
4
A.
BIDS ARE DUE NO LATER THAN 3:00 P.M. ON WEDNESDAY JULY 15, 2015
5
B.
In this Section 00 4200 there is the Form of Proposal which must be submitted in its entirety
6
with the correct bid package and at the appropriate date and time. The follow two options are
7
provided in submitting a bid.
8
1. TO: Chris Hansen, Director of Facilities and Capital Projects
9
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
10
107 1St Street N (PO Box 476)
11
Yelm WA, 98597 -0476
12
Phone: (360) 458 - 6127
13
2. Bids may be e- mailed attention Chris Hansen at chris hansen(c-)-ycs.wednet.edu, Micki Yoder
14
at micki Yoder @vcs.wednet.edu and Raymond Mow at rayCa�ericksonmcgovern.com.
15
E- mailed bids to include all form of proposal requirements including a bid bond or copy of the
16
bid bond check. Contractor shall be responsible to confirm the Owner's receipt of e- mailed
17
bids.
18
C.
Having carefully examined the Project Manual and Drawings entitled Mill Pond Elementary
19
School Playshed, as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work, the Undersigned
20
proposes to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies and to construct the project and perform
21
all work as required by the Contract Documents for the following sums:
22
D.
Amount shall be shown in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in
23
words will govern.
24
25
26
27
28
29
E. BASE BID
1. For the Base Bid, as defined in the Specifications, the sum of:
($
(Numeric format)
(written format)
Dollars
30 F. TRENCH EXCAVATION SAFETY PROVISIONS
31 1. (Include also in Base Bid). ($ )
32 2. If the bid amount contains any work which requires trenching exceeding a depth of four
33 feet, all costs for trench safety shall be included in the Base Bid and indicated above for
34 adequate trench safety systems in compliance with Chapter 39.04 RCW, 49.17 RCW and
35 WAC 296- 155 -650. Bidder must include a lump sum dollar amount in blank above (even if
36 the value is $0.00) to be responsive.
37 G. ADDENDA
38 1. Receipt of the following Addenda is hereby acknowledged and costs of the work therefore
39 have been included in the proposal.
40
Addendum No. Addendum No.
Addendum No. Addendum No.
41
42 H. SALES TAX AND PERMITS
43 1. The retail sales tax shall not be included in the Bid sums; the Owner will pay such taxes
44 proportionally with each periodic payment. Additional fees and permits identified as to be
45 paid by the Contractor in Section 01 1000 - SUMMARY shall be paid by the Contractor
46 and included the Bid.
47
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 004200-1 FORM OF PROPOSAL
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
I. OVERHEAD AND PROFIT
1. All of the above Bid prices include overhead and profit.
J. THE UNDERSIGNED ALSO AGREES AS FOLLOWS
1. To do any extra work, not covered by the above schedule of prices which may be ordered
by the Owner, pursuant to the Contract Documents.
K. TIME OF COMPLETION
1. See Section 01 1000 —SUMMARY
L. CONTRACT AND BOND
1. If the Undersigned be notified of the acceptance of this Bid within forty -five (45) days after
the time set for opening bids, he agrees to execute a Contract for the above work for a
compensation established by adjusting the Base Bid by any Alternate Bids selected by the
Owner, in the Form of Agreement required by the Specifications, and to furnish
Performance and Labor and Material Payment Bonds (if bid exceeds $35,000.00) as
required by the Specifications.
2. The Standard Form of the agreement between the Owner and the Contractor is included
in the specifications.
M. BID GUARANTEE
1. The Undersigned further agrees that the check or bid bond accompanying this Bid is left in
escrow with the Owner, that its amount is the measure of the damages which the Owner
will sustain by the failure of the Undersigned to execute said agreement and bonds, and
that if the Undersigned fails to deliver said documents within ten (10) days after written
notice of the award of the Contract to him, then the check shall become the property of the
Owner or the bid bond shall remain in full effect. But if this Bid is not accepted within
forty -five (45) days after the time set for opening bids, or if the Undersigned delivers said
Contract and bonds, then the check shall be returned to him or the bid bond shall become
void. Bid bond shall be 5% of the value of the bid.
COMPANY NAME:
SIGNATURE:
TITLE:
ADDRESS:
STATE:
ZIP:
TELEPHONE NO.
CONTRACTOR'S REGISTRATION NO.
27 END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 004200-2
FORM OF PROPOSAL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
SECTION 03 3000
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Concrete formwork.
B. walks and slabs on grade.
C. Concrete reinforcement.
D. Joint devices associated with concrete work.
E. Slab Base Course.
F. Concrete curing.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 07 1900 - Water Repellents, Anti - graffiti Coatings, Slab Sealers: Sealing slabs.
B. Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers: Sealants for saw cut joints and isolation joints in slabs.
C. Section 32 1600 - Concrete Paving: Sidewalks, curbs and gutters.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass
Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 1991 (Reapproved 2002).
B. ACI SP- 16 -89, "Field Reference Manual."
C. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete; American Concrete Institute International;
2010.
D. ACI 302.1 R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; American Concrete Institute
International; 2004 (errata 2007).
E. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete; American
Concrete Institute International; 2000.
F. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting; American Concrete Institute International; 2010.
G. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting; American Concrete Institute International; 2010.
H. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete; American Concrete Institute International;
2001.
I. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; American
Concrete Institute International; 2011.
J. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon Billet -Steel Bars
for Concrete Reinforcement; 2013.
K. ASTM A884/A884M - Standard Specification for Epoxy- Coated Steel Wire and Welded Wire
Reinforcement; 2012.
L. ASTM C33/C33M - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2013.
M. ASTM C39/C39M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete
Specimens; 2012a.
N. ASTM C94/C94M - Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete; 2013.
O. ASTM C143/C143M - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic- Cement Concrete; 2012.
P. ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2012.
Q. ASTM C171 - Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete; 2007.
R. ASTM C173/C173M - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the
Volumetric Method; 2012.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 033000-1
19Ye -1 aIZE2WeCdZKd9]Z Is] :1AI
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 S. ASTM C309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing
2 Concrete; 2011.
3 T. ASTM C685/C685M - Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and
4 Continuous Mixing; 2011.
5 U. ASTM C881/C881 M - Standard Specification for Epoxy- Resin -Base Bonding Systems for
6 Concrete; 2013.
7 V. ASTM C1059/C1059M - Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to
8 Hardened Concrete; 1999 (Reapproved 2008).
9 W. ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving
10 and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types); 2004 (Reapproved
11 2013).
12 X. ASTM E 1643 - Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact
13 with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs; 1998 (Reapproved 2005).
14 Y. ASTM E1745 - Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with
15 Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs; 2011.
16 Z. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI), "Manual of Standard Practice."
17 1.04 SUBMITTALS
18 A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
19 B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on manufactured products showing compliance with
20 specified requirements.
21 1. For proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories,
22 admixtures, fibrous reinforcement, patching compounds, waterstops, joint systems, curing
23 compounds, dry -shake finish materials, and others as requested by Architect.
24 C. Mix Design: Submit proposed concrete mix design.
25 1. Indicate proposed mix design complies with requirements of ACI 301, Section 4 -
26 Concrete Mixtures.
27 2. Indicate proposed mix design complies with requirements of ACI 318, Chapter 5 -
28 Concrete Quality, Mixing and Placing.
29 D. Samples: Submit samples of underslab vapor retarder to be used.
30 E. Shop drawings shall be furnished by Contractor for fabrication, bending, and placement of
31 concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI SP -66 (88), "ACI Detailing Manual," showing bar
32 schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, and arrangement of concrete reinforcement.
33 Include special reinforcement required for openings through concrete structures.
34 F. Materials certificates in lieu of materials laboratory test reports when permitted by Architect.
35 Materials certificates shall be signed by manufacturer and Contractor, certifying that each
36 material item complies with or exceeds specified requirements. Provide certification from
37 admixture manufacturers that chloride content complies with specification requirements.
38 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
39 A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318.
40 B. Acquire cement from same source and aggregate from same source for entire project.
41 C. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather.
42 D. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather.
43 E. ACI SP- 16 -89, "Field Reference Manual ".
44 F. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI), "Manual of Standard Practice."
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 033000-2 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 PART 2 PRODUCTS
2 2.01 FORMWORK
3 A. Form Materials: Contractor's choice of standard products with sufficient strength to withstand
4 hydrostatic head without distortion in excess of permitted tolerances.
5 1. Form Facing for Exposed Finish Concrete: Contractor's choice of materials that will
6 provide smooth, stain -free final appearance.
7 a. Plywood, metal, metal framed plywood faced, or other acceptable panel type
8 materials, to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. Furnish in
9 largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint system
10 shown on drawings.
11 2. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or other acceptable
12 material. Provide lumber dressed on at least 2 edges and 1 side for tight fit.
13 3. Form Coating: Release agent that will not adversely affect concrete or interfere with
14 application of coatings.
15 a. Provide commercial formulation form - coating compounds with a maximum VOC of
16 350 g/I that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not
17 impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.
18 4. Form Ties: Factory fabricated, adjustable length, removable or snap off metal form ties,
19 designed to prevent form deflection and to prevent spalling concrete upon removal.
20 Provide units that will leave no metal closer than 1 1/2 inches to exposed surface.
21 a. Provide ties that, when removed, will leave holes not larger than 1 inch diameter in
22 concrete surface.
23 5. Form Ties: Cone snap type that will leave no metal within 1 -1/2 inches (38 mm) of
24 concrete surface.
25 2.02 REINFORCEMENT
26 A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M Grade 60 (420).
27 1. Type: Deformed billet -steel bars.
28 B. Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 82, plain, cold -drawn steel.
29 1. Form: Coiled Rolls.
30 2. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric.
31 3. Mesh Size and Wire Gage: As indicated on drawings.
32 C. Reinforcement Accessories:
33 1. Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gage (1.5 mm).
34 2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of
35 reinforcement during concrete placement.
36 a. Wire Mesh Supports:
37 1) Manufacturer: General Technologies, Inc.: www.gti - usa.net
38 2) Model: GTI Slab Bolster Upper - Series 260.
39 (a) Height: As required.
40 3) Manufacturer: Masco Masons Supply: www.masco.net
41 (a) Model: Slab Bolster.
42 (b) Height: As required.
43 4) Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
44 b. Rebar Supports:
45 1) Manufacturer: General Technologies, Inc.: www.gti - usa.net
46 (a) Model: GTI Double Lock Paving Chairs - Series 217.
47 2) Height: As required.
48 3) Manufacturer: Masco Masons Supply: www.masco.net
49 (a) Model: Smart Chair.
50 (b) Height: As required.
51 4) Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 033000-3 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS
2 A. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II -Moderate Portland type or Type 1 -11.
3 1. Use one brand of cement throughout project unless otherwise acceptable to Architect.
4 B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C 33.
5 C. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete.
6 D. Fiber Reinforcement: As required on Drawings.
7 2.04 ADMIXTURES
8 A. Do not use chemicals that will result in soluble chloride ions in excess of 0.1 percent by weight
9 of cement.
10 2.05 SLAB BASE COURSE
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23 2.06
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
A. General: Drainage course consists of placement of crushed gravel material, in layer of 4 inch
thickness, over subgrade surface to support concrete building slabs.
1. Slab Base Course: Use coarse aggregate, WSDOT 9- 03.1(3)C, Grading No. 5, with the
following proportions:
Sieve Size
Percent Passing
3/4"
80-100
3/8"
10-40
#4
0 -4
B. Placing: Place base course material on prepared subgrade in layers of uniform thickness,
conforming to indicated cross - section and thickness. Maintain optimum moisture content for
compacting material during placement operations. Compact to 95 percent maximum dry
density.
1. Level base material between screeds to 1/4 inch in 10 feet then compact to specified
density. Keep smooth and level during all operations including concrete placement.
CONCRETE ACCESSORIES
A. Reglets: Formed steel sheet, galvanized, with temporary filler to prevent concrete intrusion
during placement.
B. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II acrylic non - redispersable type.
C. Epoxy Bonding System: ASTM C 881, type as required by project conditions. Provide
Concresive LPL manufactured by Master Builders or approved.
D. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz. per sq.
yd., complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2. Always shall be covered with Moisture - Retaining
Cover.
E. Liquid Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, clear or translucent.
1. Liquid Membrane - Forming Curing Compound: Liquid -type membrane - forming curing
compound complying with ASTM C 309, Type I, Class A, and 20% min. Solids. Provide
one of the following or approved:
a. Sonneborn: Kure -N -Seal 30
b. W.R. Meadows: Sealtight CS- 309 -25
c. Masco: Mascocure - Biocure
39 F. See Section 07190 - Water Repellents, Anti - graffiti Coatings, Slab Sealers for requirements for
40 sealing slabs.
41 2.07 JOINT DEVICES AND MATERIALS
42 A. Waterstops: PVC type, COE CRD -C 572.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 033000-4 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 B. Joint Filler: Nonextruding, resilient asphalt impregnated fiberboard or felt, complying with ASTM
2 D 1751, 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick and 4 inches (200 mm) deep; tongue and groove profile.
3 C. Construction Joint Devices: Integral galvanized steel; 1/8 inch thick, formed to tongue and
4 groove profile, with removable top strip exposing sealant trough, knockout holes spaced at 6
5 inches (150 mm), ribbed steel spikes with tongue to fit top screed edge.
6 2.08 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN
7 A. As required on Drawings (See Structural Notes on Structural Drawings).
8 B. Ready Mix Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified.
9 1. Add all ingredients including all admixtures at the batch plant during the mixing time with
10 the weights recorded on the delivery ticket. This includes all Cement, Aggregate, Water,
11 and Admixtures.
12 2. When air temperature is between 85 deg F (30 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce
13 mixing and delivery time from 1 1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is
14 above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
15 C. Admixtures: Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACI 211.1 and at rates
16 recommended or required by manufacturer.
17 2.09 MIXING
18 A. On Project Site: Mix in drum type batch mixer, complying with ASTM C685. Mix each batch not
19 less than 1 -1/2 minutes and not more than 5 minutes.
20 B. Transit Mixers: Comply with ASTM C94/C94M.
21 PART 3 EXECUTION
22 3.01 GENERAL
23 A. Mix, place, vibrate, finish and cure concrete per ACI 301.
24 B. Coordinate the installation of joint materials and vapor retarders /barrier, and other related
25 materials with placement of forms and reinforcing steel.
26 3.02 EXAMINATION
27 A. Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section.
28 3.03 FORMS
29 A. General: Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to support vertical and lateral,
30 static and dynamic loads that might be applied until concrete structure can support such loads.
31 Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment,
32 elevation, and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances and surface irregularities
33 complying with ACI 347.
34 B. Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown and to obtain accurate
35 alignment, location, grades, level, and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for openings,
36 offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers, blocking,
37 screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in work. Use selected
38 materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide backup at joints to prevent
39 leakage of cement paste.
40 C. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces.
41 Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces.
42 Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom
43 forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy
44 removal.
45 D. Provide temporary openings for clean -outs and inspections where interior area of formwork is
46 inaccessible before and during concrete placement. Securely brace temporary openings and
47 set tightly to forms to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at
48 inconspicuous locations.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 033000-5 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 E. Chamfer exposed corners and edges as indicated, using wood, metal, PVC, or rubber chamfer
2 strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints.
3 F. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of
4 other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses, and chases from trades
5 providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms.
6 G. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete.
7 Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, or other debris just before placing concrete. Retighten
8 forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain
9 proper alignment.
10 H. Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to
11 achieve required elevations and contours in finished surfaces. Provide and secure units to
12 support screed strips using strike off templates or compacting type screeds.
13 3.04 PREPARATION
14
A.
Formwork: Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Design and fabricate forms to support all
15
applied loads until concrete is cured, and for easy removal without damage to concrete.
16
B.
Verify that forms are clean and free of rust before applying release agent.
17
C.
Coordinate placement of embedded items with erection of concrete formwork and placement of
18
form accessories.
19
D.
Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in
20
3.06 INSTALLING REINFORCEMENT AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
21
E.
In locations where new concrete is doweled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete,
22
accurately position, support, and secure in place to achieve not less than minimum concrete
insert steel dowels and pack solid with non - shrink grout.
23
F.
Cold Weather Preparation:
24
Give all trades whose work is related to the concrete section ample notice and opportunity to
1. Remove all snow, ice, and frost from the surfaces, including reinforcement, against which
25
introduce and /or furnish embedded items before concrete placement.
the concrete is to be placed. Before beginning concrete placement, thaw the subgrade to
26
Install welded wire reinforcement in maximum possible lengths, and offset end laps in both
the depth specified in the Contract Documents. Do not place concrete around massive
27
directions. Splice laps with tie wire.
embedments identified in the Concrete Documents unless such embedments are at a
28
Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are
temperature above freezing.
29 3.05 SLAB BASE COURSE
30
A.
General: Drainage course consists of placement of crushed gravel material, in layer of 4 inch
31
thickness, over subgrade surface to support concrete building slabs.
32
B.
Placing: Place base course material on prepared subgrade in layers of uniform thickness,
33
conforming to indicated cross - section and thickness. Maintain optimum moisture content for
34
compacting material during placement operations. Compact to 95 percent maximum dry
35
density.
36
3.06 INSTALLING REINFORCEMENT AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS
37
A.
Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, and
38
accurately position, support, and secure in place to achieve not less than minimum concrete
39
coverage required for protection.
40
B.
Give all trades whose work is related to the concrete section ample notice and opportunity to
41
introduce and /or furnish embedded items before concrete placement.
42
C.
Install welded wire reinforcement in maximum possible lengths, and offset end laps in both
43
directions. Splice laps with tie wire.
44
D.
Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are
45
accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not interfere with concrete placement.
46
1. Slab Reinforcing: Support reinforcing steel of formed flat slabs with metal chairs, precast
47
concrete blocks or other slab bolsters. Size chairs or bolsters to position the steel in the
48
exact location indicated on drawings.
49
a. Place reinforcement at center of slab if location of reinforcement is not shown.
2015 -20 /
Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 033000-6 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 2. Space chairs for supporting the top steel and bolsters for supporting the bottom steel not
2 more than 5 feet on centers in each direction (maximum) or as required to insure
3 reinforcing is maintain in the position of the concrete as required.
4 E. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining
5 sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire.
6 F. Pulling of Welded Wire Reinforcing into place after placement of concrete is not allowed.
7 3.07 PLACING CONCRETE
8 A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R.
9 B. Place concrete for floor slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1 R.
10 1. All floor slabs requiring steel reinforcing (bars or weld fabric) shall be place on chairs,
11 bolsters, bar supports, and spacers, only. Post lifting (pulling during or after concrete pour)
12 is not permitted.
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
C. Notify (Architect) Erickson McGovern Architects not less than 24 hours prior to commencement
of placement operations.
D. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24
inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of
several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints.
1. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand
spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete
complying with ACI 309.
2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators
vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the
machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into
preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to
set. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete
and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing
mix to segregate.
E. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation,
within limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed.
1. Consolidate slab concrete during placing operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked
around reinforcement, other embedded items and into corners.
2. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or
darbies to smooth surface, free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to
beginning finishing operations.
3. Maintain reinforcing in proper position on chairs during concrete placement.
F. Cold Weather Placing: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as follows. Protect concrete work
from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or
low temperatures.
1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4 deg C),
uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture
temperature of not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) and not more than 80 deg F (27deg C)
at point of placement.
2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on
frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, and other materials containing antifreeze agents or
chemical accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs.
4. Scheduling Protection Materials:
a. All materials and equipment required for protection shall be available at the project
site before cold weather concreting.
G. Hot Weather Placing: When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair quality and
strength of concrete, place concrete in compliance with ACI 305 and as specified.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 033000-7
19Ye -1 aIZE2WeCdZKd9]Z Is] :1AI
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement
2
below 90 deg F (32 deg C). Mixing water may be chilled, or chopped ice may be used to
3
control temperature provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing
4
water. Use of liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option.
5
2. Cover reinforcing steel with water soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel
6
temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedment
7
in concrete.
8
3. Cool placing environment as follows: Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just
9
before concrete is placed. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without puddles or dry areas.
10
4. Use water - reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low
11
humidity, or other adverse placing conditions, when acceptable to Architect.
12
H.
Ensure reinforcement, inserts, waterstops, embedded parts, and formed construction joint
13
devices will not be disturbed during concrete placement.
14
I.
Finish floors level and flat, unless otherwise indicated, within the tolerances specified below.
15
3.08 SLAB JOINTING
16
A.
Locate joints as indicated on the drawings.
17
B.
Anchor joint fillers and devices to prevent movement during concrete placement.
18
C.
Isolation Joints: Use preformed joint filler with removable top section for joint sealant, total
19
height equal to thickness of slab, set flush with top of slab.
20
D.
Separate slabs on grade from vertical surfaces with joint filler.
21
E.
Install joint devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
22
F.
Install construction joint devices in coordination with floor slab pattern placement sequence. Set
23
top to required elevations. Secure to resist movement by wet concrete.
24
G.
Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and
25
test samples taken.
26
H.
Do not interrupt successive placement; do not permit cold joints to occur.
27
I.
Screed floors level, maintaining surface flatness of maximum 1/4 inch in 10 ft (6 mm /3 m).
28
3.09 JOINTS
29
A.
Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints as indicated or, if not indicated, locate
30
so as not to impair strength and appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Architect.
31
B.
Provide keyways at least 1 -1/2 inches deep in construction joints between walls and footings.
32
Bulkheads designed and accepted for this purpose may be used for slabs.
33
C.
Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across
34
construction joints except as otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides
35
of strip placements.
36
D.
Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete. Follow
37
manufacturer's directions on mixing and timing of placement.
38
E.
Isolation Joints in Slabs on Ground: Construct isolation joints in slabs on ground at points of
39
contact between slabs on ground and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation
40
walls, grade beams, and other locations as indicated.
41
1. Joint filler and sealant materials are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants ".
42
F.
Contraction (Control) Joints in Slabs on Ground: Construct contraction joints in slabs on ground
43
in square pattern spaced at 16 feet o.c. maximum in 4 inch thick slabs or to pattern as shown
44
on drawings. If joint pattern not shown, provide Drawings for Architect's approval, showing
45
joints not exceeding 16 feet in either direction and located to conform to bay spacing wherever
46
possible (at column centerlines, half bays, third bays).
47
1. Form contraction joints by inserting premolded plastic, hardboard, or fiberboard strip into
48
fresh concrete in straight lines until top surface of strip is flush with slab surface. Tool slab
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 033000-8 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
edges round on each side of insert. After concrete has cured, remove inserts and clean
2
groove of loose debris. Zip Strips are not allowed.
3
2. Saw cut joints in concrete, at each control joint location, as soon as the slab will support
4
the weight of the saw and operator without disturbing the final finish. Normally 2 hours
5
maximum after final finishing or 150 psi. Joints to be 1/8 inch wide and 1/4 slab depth saw
6
cut.
7
3. Joint fillers and sealants are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants ".
8
3.10 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS
9
A.
General: Set and build into formwork anchorage devices and other embedded items required
10
for other work that is attached to or supported by cast in place concrete. Use setting drawings,
11
diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by suppliers of items to be attached thereto.
12
3.11 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES
13
A.
General: Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved, nonresidual, low VOC, form coating
14
compound before placing reinforcement.
15
B.
Do not allow excess form coating material to accumulate in forms or to come into contact with
16
in -place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply in compliance
17
with manufacturer's instructions.
18
C.
Coat steel forms with a nonstaining, rust preventative material. Rust stained steel formwork is
19
not acceptable.
20
3.12 CONCRETE FINISHING
21
A.
Repair surface defects, including tie holes, immediately after removing formwork.
22
B.
Unexposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off fins or other raised areas 1/4 inch (6 mm) or
23
more in height.
24
C.
Exposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off and smooth fins or other raised areas 1/4 inch (6
25
mm) or more in height. Provide finish as follows:
26
1. Smooth Rubbed Finish: Wet concrete and rub with carborundum brick or other abrasive,
27
not more than 24 hours after form removal.
28
D.
Monolithic Slab Finishes
29
1. Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps,
30
and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated.
31
a. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with
32
fiber bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish
33
with Architect before application.
34
E.
In areas with floor drains, maintain floor elevation at walls; pitch surfaces uniformly to drains at
35
1:100 nominal.
36
3.13 CURING AND PROTECTION
37
A.
Comply with requirements of ACI 308R. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from
38
premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury.
39
B.
Cold Weather Protection Temperature:
40
1. Unless otherwise specified, the minimum temperature of concrete during the protection
41
period shall be as specified in ACI 306.1 -90. Temperatures specified to be maintained
42
during the protection period shall be those measured at the concrete surface, whether the
43
surface is in contact with formwork, insulation, or air. Measure the temperature with a
44
surface temperature measuring device having an accuracy of ±2 F. Measure the
45
temperature of concrete in each placement at regular time intervals as specified in the
46
Contract Documents.
47
2. Termination of Protection:
48 a. The maximum decrease in temperature measured at the surface of the concrete in a
49 24 -hour period shall not exceed the values as specified in ACI 306.1 -90. Do not
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 033000-9 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 exceed these limits until the surface temperature of the concrete is within 20 F. of the
2 ambient or surrounding temperatures. When the surface temperature of the concrete
3 is within 20 F. of the ambient or surrounding temperature, all protection may be
4 removed.
5 3. Protection Against Freezing:
6 a. Cure and protect concrete against damage from freezing for a minimum period of 3
7 days, unless otherwise specified.
8 b. Maintain the surface temperature of the concrete during that period in accordance
9 with ACI 306.1 -90.
10 C. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period
11 necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete.
12 1. Normal Concrete: Not less than 7 days.
13 D. Hot Weather Protection Temperature:
14 1. Per the American Concrete Institute (ACI) Committee 301 recommendations, cure
15 concrete a minimum of 7 days or upon the concrete attaining 70% of the specified
16 compressive strength by one of the following methods.
17 a. Ponding and immersion.
18 1) Ponding is to be used to cure flat surfaces on smaller jobs. Care should be
19 taken to maintain curing water temperature at not more than 11 °C (20 °F) cooler
20 than the concrete to prevent cracking due to thermal stresses.
21 b. Spraying and fogging.
22 1) Spraying and fogging shall used when the ambient temperatures are well above
23 freezing and the humidity is low.
24 c. Saturated wet coverings
25 1) Wet coverings saturated with water should be used after concrete has hardened
26 enough to prevent surface damage. Slabs shall then be kept constantly wet.
27 d. Left in Place Forms.
28 1) Left in place forms shall be provided for satisfactory protection against moisture
29 loss for formed concrete surfaces. The forms shall be left in place as long as the
30 construction schedule allows. If the forms are made of wood, they should be
31 kept moist, especially during hot, dry weather.
32 e. Reducing the loss of mixing water from the surface of the concrete.
33 1) a. Covering concrete with impervious paper or plastic sheets.
34 (a) Impervious paper and plastic sheets shall be applied on thoroughly wetted
35 concrete. The concrete surface should be hard enough to prevent surface
36 damage from placement activities.
37 2. Hot weather shall be defined as any temperature above 68 degrees Fahrenheit (20
38 degrees Celsius).
39 E. Surfaces Not in Contact with Forms:
40 1. Initial Curing: Start as soon as free water has disappeared and before surface is dry. Keep
41 continuously moist for not less than three days by water ponding, water - saturated sand,
42 water -fog spray, or saturated burlap.
43 2. Final Curing: Begin after initial curing but before surface is dry.
44 a. Moisture - Retaining Cover: Seal in place with waterproof tape or adhesive.
45 F. Curing compound:
46 1. Surface Preparation:
47 a. Newly Placed Concrete:
48 1) Surface must be sound and properly finished.
49 2) Surface is application ready when damp but not wet, and it can no longer be
50 marred by foot traffic.
51 b. Newly Cured Bare Concrete:
52 1) Level any gouges.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 03 3000 - 10 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 2) Remove all dirt, dust, oil, grease, asphalt, and foreign matter. Clean with
2 caustics and detergents as required. Citrus degreaser is excellent for removing
3 oil stains and many curing compounds.
4 3) Rinse thoroughly and allow to dry so that surface is no more than damp and
5 never wet.
6 c. Aged Concrete:
7 1) Patch, grout, and fill cracks and holes.
8 2) Surface must also be free of any dust, dirt, and other foreign matter. Remove
9 any incompatible sealers or coatings. Clean as described under "Newly cured
10 concrete."
11 2. Application:
12 a. Apply in two coats at right angles, using application rate recommended by
13 manufacturer.
14 G. Slab Sealers:
15 1. Seal all interior exposed concrete slabs.
16 2. See Section 07 1900 - Water Repellents, Anti - graffiti Coatings, Slab Sealers for
17 requirements for sealing slabs.
18 3.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
19 A. General: The Owner will employ a testing agency to perform tests and to submit test reports.
20 Testing laboratory shall furnish all equipment for taking samples and testing.
21 B. Sampling and testing for quality control during placement of concrete may include the following,
22 as directed by Architect:
23 1. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM
24 C 94.
25 a. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of discharge for each day's pour of each type
26 of concrete; additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have changed.
27 b. Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight
28 concrete; ASTM C 231, pressure method for normal weight concrete; one for each
29 day's pour of each type of air entrained concrete.
30 c. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064. Test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F
31 (4 deg C) and below, when 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each set
32 of compressive strength specimens.
33 d. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of 4 standard cylinders for each
34 compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for
35 laboratory cured test specimens except when field cure test specimens are required.
36 e. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour exceeding 5
37 cu. yds. plus additional sets for each 50 cu. yds. more than the first 25 cu. yds. of
38 each concrete class placed in any one day; one specimen tested at 7 days, two
39 specimens tested at 28 days, and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if
40 required.
41 2. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than 5 strength tests for a given class of
42 concrete, conduct testing from at least 5 randomly selected batches or from each batch if
43 fewer than 5 are used.
44 3. Test results will be reported in writing to Architect, Structural Engineer, Ready Mix
45 Producer, and Contractor within 24 hours after tests. Reports of compressive strength
46 tests shall contain the project identification name and number, date of concrete
47 placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete
48 batch in structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and
49 materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7 day tests and 28
50 day tests.
51 4. Additional Tests: The testing service will make additional tests of in -place concrete when
52 test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been
53 attained in the structure, as directed by Architect. Testing service may conduct tests to
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 03 3000 - 11 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by
2 other methods as directed. Contractor shall pay for such tests when unacceptable
3 concrete is verified.
4 3.15 REMOVING FORMS
5 A. General: Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of beams, walls, columns,
6 and similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg
7 F (10 deg C) for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be
8 damaged by form removal operations, and provided curing and protection operations are
9 maintained.
10 B. Formwork supporting weight of concrete, such as beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other
11 structural elements, may not be removed in less than 14 days and until concrete has attained at
12 least 75 percent of design minimum compressive strength at 28 days. Determine potential
13 compressive strength of in -place concrete by testing field cured specimens representative of
14 concrete location or members.
15 C. Form facing material may be removed 4 days after placement only if shores and other vertical
16 supports have been arranged to permit removal of form facing material without loosening or
17 disturbing shores and supports.
18 3.16 REUSE OF FORMS
19 A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or
20 otherwise damaged form facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply
21 new form coating compound as specified for new formwork.
22 B. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces,
23 remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure joint to avoid
24 offsets. Do not use "patched" forms for exposed concrete surfaces except as acceptable to
25 Architect.
26 3.17 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
27 A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately
28 after removing forms, when acceptable to Architect.
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
B. Mix dry -pack mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to 2 -1/2 parts fine aggregate
passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing.
1. Cut out honeycomb, rock pockets, voids over 1/4 inch in any dimension, and holes left by
tie rods and bolts down to solid concrete but in no case to a depth of less than 1 inch.
Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Thoroughly clean, dampen with
water, and brush coat the area to be patched with bonding agent. Place patching mortar
before bonding agent has dried.
C. For surfaces exposed to view, blend white portland cement and standard portland cement so
that, when dry, patching mortar will match color surrounding. Provide test areas at
inconspicuous location to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching.
Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface.
D. Repair Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects
cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Architect. Surface defects include color and texture
irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets, fins and other projections
on surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out
form tie holes, fill with dry pack mortar, or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with
bonding agent.
1. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, containing defects that affect the
concrete's durability. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace concrete.
E. Repair Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness
and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 03 3000 - 12
19Ye -1 aIZEJWeCdZKd9]Z Is] :1AI
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 as specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness by
2 using a template having required slope.
3 1. Repair finished unformed surfaces containing defects that affect the concrete's durability.
4 Surface defects include crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to
5 reinforcement or completely through nonreinforced sections regardless of width, spalling,
6 popouts, honeycomb, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions.
7 2. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14
8 days.
9 3. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completion of surface
10 finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish
11 repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary underlayment compounds may
12 be used when acceptable to Architect.
13 4. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 inch in
14 diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with
15 clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4 inch clearance all around.
16 Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent.
17 Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of same type or class as
18 original concrete. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete.
19 Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete.
20 F. Repair isolated random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter by dry pack method.
21 Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt, and loose
22 particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place dry pack before
23 bonding agent has dried. Compact dry pack mixture in place and finish to match adjacent
24 concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours.
25 G. Perform structural repairs with prior approval of Architect for method and procedure, using
26 specified epoxy adhesive and mortar.
27 H. Repair methods not specified above may be used, subject to acceptance of Architect.
28 3.18 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS
29 A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other
30 trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place,
31 and cure concrete as herein specified, to blend with in -place construction. Provide other
32 miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete work.
33 B. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide 3 -1/2 inch concrete housekeeping pads for
34 electrical switchboards, pumps, compressors, other rotating mechanical machinery, boilers, and
35 for equipment shown on mechanical and electrical drawings. Extend pads 6 inches beyond
36 machine base in all directions with 3/4 inch top edge chamfered. Install concrete pad over 15
37 lbs. building paper and '/2 inch diameter by 7 inch galvanized lag screws projecting 2 inches
38 into concrete at 24 inches on- center at each joist. Submit shop drawings of pads to Architect for
39 approval. Coordinate location with mechanical and electrical subcontractors.
40 3.19 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE
41 A. Test Results: The testing agency shall report test results in writing to (Architect) Erickson
42 McGovern Architects and Contractor within 24 hours of test.
43 B. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances
44 or specified requirements.
45 C. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the (Architect) Erickson
46 McGovern Architects. The cost of additional testing shall be borne by Contractor when
47 defective concrete is identified.
48 D. Do not patch, fill, touch -up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction
49 of (Architect) Erickson McGovern Architects for each individual area.
50 END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 03 3000 - 13 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
SECTION 05 1200
2
STRUCTURAL STEEL
3
PART 1
GENERAL
4
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
5
A.
Structural steel framing members, support members.
6
1. This Section includes fabrication and erection of structural steel work, as shown on
7
drawings, including schedules, notes, and details showing size and location of members,
8
typical connections, and types of steel required.
9
a. Structural steel is that work defined in American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)
10
"Code of Standard Practice" and as otherwise shown on drawings.
11
b. Miscellaneous metal fabrications are specified elsewhere in Division 5.
12
c. Refer to Division 3 for anchor bolt installation in concrete.
13
B.
Grouting under base plates.
14
C.
Additional Steel required for Basket Ball Supports
15
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
16
A.
Section 13 3419 - Pre - engineered Metal Building Systems
17
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
18
A.
AISC (AMAN) - ASD Manual of Steel Construction; American Institute of Steel Construction,
19
Inc..; 1989, Ninth Edition.
20
B.
AISC (MAN) - Steel Construction Manual; American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.; 2011.
21
C.
AISC S303 - Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges; American Institute of
22
Steel Construction, Inc.; 2005.
23
D.
ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2012.
24
E.
ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot - Dipped, Zinc - Coated,
25
Welded and Seamless; 2012.
26
F.
ASTM A500 /A500M - Standard Specification for Cold- Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon
27
Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 2013.
28
G.
ASTM A992/A992M - Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes; 2011.
29
H.
AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination;
30
American Welding Society; 2012.
31
I.
AWS D1.1/D1.1 M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; American Welding Society; 2010.
32
1.04 SUBMITTALS
33
A.
See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
34
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
35
A.
Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the following, except as otherwise indicated:
36
1. Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC "Steel Construction Manual."
37
a. Paragraph 4.2.1 of the above code is hereby modified by deletion of the following
38
sentence:
39
1) "This approval constitutes the owner's acceptance of all responsibility for the
40
design adequacy of any detail configuration of connections developed by the
41
fabricator as a part of his preparation of these shop drawings."
42
b. AISC "Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings," including "Commentary."
43
2. "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" approved by the
44
Research Council on Structural Connections
45
a. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel" and the
46
International Building Code.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 051200-1 STRUCTURAL STEEL
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
b. ASTM A 6 "General Requirements for Delivery of Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet
2
Piling and Bars for Structural Use."
3
B.
Fabricator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years
4
of documented experience, including involvement in not less than three (3) projects of similar,
5
or greater, size and complexity.
6
C.
Qualifications for Welding Work: Qualify welding processes and welding operators in
7
accordance with AWS "Standard Qualification Procedure." Provide certification that welders to
8
be employed in work have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests within previous 12
9
months. Have welders retested if recertification of welders is required; retesting will be
10
contractor's responsibility.
11
D.
Qualifications for Detailer: Engage detailer with minimum of five (5) years experience in
12
structural steel detailing, including involvement in not less than three (3) projects of similar, or
13
greater, size and complexity.
14
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
15
A.
Deliver materials to site at such intervals to ensure uninterrupted progress of work.
16
B.
Deliver anchor bolts and anchorage devices, which are to be embedded in cast -in -place
17
concrete or masonry, in ample time to not delay work.
18
C.
Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off
19
ground by using pallets, platforms, or other supports. Protect steel members and packaged
20
materials from erosion and deterioration. If bolts and nuts become dry or rusty, clean and
21
relubricate before use.
22
1. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion or damage to
23
members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as
24
directed.
25 PART 2 PRODUCTS
26 2.01 MATERIALS
27 A. Metal Surfaces, General: For fabrication of work that will be exposed to view, use only materials
28 that are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, rust and scale seam marks,
29 roller marks, rolled trade names, and roughness. Remove such blemishes by grinding, or by
30 welding and grinding, prior to cleaning, treating, and applying surface finishes.
31 B. Steel Angles and Plates: ASTM A36/A36M.
32 C. Steel W Shapes and Tees: ASTM A992/A992M.
33 D. Other Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A36.
34 E. Cold- Formed Structural Tubing: ASTM A500 /A500M, Grade B.
35 F. Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Grade B, Finish black.
36 1. Type E or S.
37 2. Finish: Black, except where indicated to be galvanized.
38 G. Steel Castings: ASTM A 27, Grade 65 -35, medium - strength carbon steel.
39 H. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, Class 2A.
40 I. Unfinished Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A 307, Grade A, regular low- carbon steel bolts and
41 nuts.
42 1. Provide hexagonal heads and nuts for all connections.
43 2. Provide either hexagonal or square heads and nuts, except use only hexagonal units for
44 exposed connections.
45 3. High- Strength Bolts, Nuts and Washers: ASTM A 325 Type 1 heavy -hex steel structural
46 bolts, ASTM S 563, Grade C heavy -hex carbon steel nuts: and ASTM F 436 Type 1,
47 hardened carbon -steel washers; all with plain finish.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 051200-2 STRUCTURAL STEEL
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 a. Direct - Tension Indicators: ASTM F959, Type 325 compressible- washer type with
2 plain finish.
3 J. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded.
4 K. Grout: Non - shrink, non - metallic aggregate type, complying with ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III
5 and capable of developing a minimum compressive strength of 7,000 psi at 28 days..
6 1. Clean, uniformly graded, natural sand (ASTM C 404, Size No. 2). Mix at a ratio of 1.0 part
7 cement to 3.0 parts sand, by volume, with minimum water required for placement and
8 hydration.
9 L. Non - Metallic Shrinkage Resistant Grout: Premixed, non - metallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining
10 product containing selected silica sands, Portland cement, shrinkage compensating agents,
11 plasticizing and water reducing agents, complying with CE- CRD -C621.
12 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following, or
13 approved:
14 a. 100 Non - Shrink Grout (Non - Metallic); Conspec, Inc.
15 b. Crystex; L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc.
16 c. Euco N.S.; Euclid Chemical Co.
17 d. Five Star Grout; U.S. Grout Corp.
18 e. Masterflow 713; Master Builders.
19 f. Propak; Protex Industries, Inc.
20 g. Sealtight 588 Grout; W.R. Meadows.
21 h. Set Non - Shrink; Set Products, Inc.
22 i. Supreme Grout; Cormix, Inc.
23 j. Sure Grip Grout; Dayton Superior.
24 M. Shop and Touch -Up Primer: Fabricator's standard, complying with VOC limitations of
25 authorities having jurisdiction.
26 1. Structural Steel Primer Paint: SSPC - Paint 2; red lead -iron oxide, oil alkyd.
27 2.02 FABRICATION
28 A. Shop fabricate to greatest extent possible. Fabricate items of structural steel in accordance with
29 AISC Specifications and as indicated on final shop drawings. Provide camber in structural
30 members where indicated.
31 1. Properly mark and match -mark materials for field assembly. Fabricate for delivery
32 sequence that will expedite erection and minimize field handling of materials.
33 a. Where finishing is required, complete assembly, including welding of units, before
34 start of finishing operations. Provide finish surfaces of members exposed in final
35 structure free of markings, burrs, and other defects.
36 b. Where framing is noted as "Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel," fabricate in
37 accordance with AISC "Specification for Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel."
38 2. Connections: Weld or bolt shop connections, as indicated.
39 a. Bolt field connections, except where welded connections or other connections are
40 indicated.
41 b. Provide unfinished threaded fasteners for only bolted connections of secondary
42 framing members to primary members (including purlins, girts, and other framing
43 members taking only nominal stresses) and for temporary bracing to facilitate
44 erection.
45 3. Welded Construction: Comply with AWS Code for procedures, appearance and quality of
46 welds, and methods used in correcting welding work.
47 a. Assemble and weld built -up sections by methods that will produce true alignment of
48 axes without warp.
49 4. Holes for Other Work: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel
50 framing and for passage of other work through steel framing members, as shown on final
51 shop drawings.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 051200-3 STRUCTURAL STEEL
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
a. Provide threaded nuts welded to framing and other specialty items as indicated to
2
receive other work.
3
b. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not flame -cut holes or
4
enlarge holes by burning. Drill holes in bearing plates.
5
5. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints in steel shelf angles when part of structural
6
steel frame; locate at vertical brick expansion joints as indicated on drawings.
7
B.
Shear Stud Cconnectors: Space shear stud connectors as noted on Structural Drawings
8
C.
Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds. Grind exposed welds smooth.
9
D.
Fabricate connections for bolt, nut, and washer connectors.
10
E.
Develop required camber for members.
11
2.03 FINISH
12
A.
General: Shop paint structural steel, except those members or portions of members to be
13
embedded in concrete mortar. Paint embedded steel that is partially exposed on exposed
14
portions and initial 2 inches of embedded areas only.
15
1. Do not paint surfaces to be welded or high strength bolted with friction type connections.
16
2. Do not paint surfaces scheduled to receive sprayed -on fireproofing.
17
3. Apply two (2) coats of paint to surfaces that are inaccessible after assembly or erection.
18
Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first.
19
B.
Painting: Provide a one -coat, shop applied paint system complying with Steel Structures
20
Painting Council (SSPC) Paint System Guide No. 7.00.
21
C.
Shop prime structural steel members. Do not prime surfaces that will be field welded, in contact
22
with concrete, or high strength bolted.
23 2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
24 A. Design of Members and Connections: Details shown are typical; similar details apply to similar
25 conditions, unless otherwise indicated. Verify dimensions at site whenever possible without
26 causing delay in the work.
27 1. Promptly notify Architect whenever design of members and connections for any portion of
28 structure are not clearly indicated.
29 PART 3 EXECUTION
30 3.01 EXAMINATION
31 A. Verify that conditions are appropriate for erection of structural steel and that the work may
32 properly proceed.
33 B. Surveys: Check elevations of concrete and masonry bearing surfaces, and locations of anchor
34 bolts and similar devices, before erection work proceeds, and report discrepancies to Architect.
35 Do not proceed with erection until corrections have been made or until compensating
36 adjustments to structural steel work have been agreed upon with Architect.
37 3.02 ERECTION
38 A. Erect structural steel in compliance with AISC "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings
39 and Bridges ".
40 1. Field Assembly: Set structural steel frames accurately to lines and elevations indicated.
41 Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or structure before
42 permanently fastening. Clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in
43 permanent contact before assembly. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for
44 discrepancies in elevations and alignment.
45 a. Level and plumb individual members of structure within specified AISC tolerances.
46 b. Where framing is noted as "Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel," erect in
47 accordance with AISC "Specification for Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel."
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 051200-4 STRUCTURAL STEEL
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 c. Allow for erection loads, and provide sufficient temporary bracing to maintain
2 structure in safe condition, plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection
3 and installation of permanent bracing.
4 1) Provide temporary shoring and bracing members with connections of sufficient
5 strength to bear imposed loads. Remove temporary members and connections
6 when permanent members are in place and final connections are made. Provide
7 temporary guy lines to achieve proper alignment of structures as erection
8 proceeds.
9 d. Setting Bases and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of
10 bond - reducing materials and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom
11 surface of base and bearing plates.
12 1) Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates for structural members
13 on wedges or other adjusting devices.
14 2) Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and
15 plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush with
16 edge of base or bearing plate prior to packing with grout.
17 3) Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and bases or plates to ensure that
18 no voids remain. Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed materials, and allow
19 to cure.
20 e. Splice members only where indicated and accepted on shop drawings.
21 f. Erection Bolts: On exposed welded construction, remove erection bolts, fill holes with
22 plug welds, and grind smooth at exposed surfaces.
23 1) Comply with AISC Specifications for bearing, adequacy of temporary
24 connections, alignment, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field
25 welds.
26 2) Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or by using drift pins, except
27 in secondary bracing members. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit
28 bolts.
29 g. Gas Cutting: Do not use gas cutting torches in field for correcting fabrication errors in
30 primary structural framing. Cutting will be permitted only on secondary members that
31 are not under stress, as acceptable to Architect. Finish gas -cut sections equal to a
32 sheared appearance when permitted.
33 h. Touch -up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections,
34 and abraded areas of shop paint. Apply paint to exposed areas using same material
35 as used for shop painting.
36 1) Apply by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils.
37 B. Grout solidly between column plates and bearing surfaces, complying with manufacturer's
38 instructions for nonshrink grout. Trowel grouted surfaces smooth, splaying neatly to 45
39 degrees.
40 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
41 A. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01
42 4000.
43 1. Owner will engage an independent testing and inspection agency to inspect high- strength
44 bolted connections and welded connections and to perform tests and prepare test reports.
45 2. Testing agency shall conduct and interpret tests, state in each report whether test
46 specimens comply with requirements, and specifically state any deviations therefrom.
47 3. Provide access for testing agency to places where structural steel work is being fabricated
48 or produced so that required inspection and testing can be accomplished.
49 4. Testing agency may inspect structural steel at plant before shipment.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 051200-5 STRUCTURAL STEEL
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 B. Correct deficiencies in structural steel work that inspections and laboratory test reports have
2 indicated to be not in compliance with requirements. Perform additional tests, at Contractor's
3 expense, as necessary to reconfirm any noncompliance of original work and to show
4 compliance of corrected work.
5 END OF SECTION
6
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 051200-6 STRUCTURAL STEEL
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
SECTION 07 1900
WATER REPELLENTS AND ANTI - GRAFFITI COATINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Water repellents applied to exterior concrete surfaces.
1. Water repellents applied to all concrete columns.
B. Anti - graffiti coating applied to exterior concrete surfaces.
1. Anti - graffiti coating applied to all concrete columns.
C. Pressure washing.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM D3960 - Standard Practice for Determining Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content
of Paints and Related Coatings; 2005 (Reapproved 2013).
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide product description.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and conditions requiring
special attention; cautionary procedures required during application.
D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with
minimum 3 years experience.
1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Protect liquid materials from freezing.
B. Weather and Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with application of water repellent (except
with written recommendation of manufacturer), when ambient temperature is less than 50
degrees F (10 degrees C); when substrate surfaces have cured for less than a period of 2
months; when rain or temperatures below 40 degrees F (4 degrees C), are predicted for a
period of 24 hours, or earlier than 3 days after surfaces became wet; when substrate is frozen;
at surface temperature of less than 40 degrees F (4 degrees C).
1.07 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
B. Upon completion of the job the owner shall receive a written 10 -year warranty signed by the
Manufacturer and the General Contractor.
1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.
B. Provide two gallons (9 1) of of each product used.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Water Repellents for Concrete:
1. Evonik Industries AG; Product - Chem -Trete - BSM -40 VOC (Ikytrialkoxy Silane):
www.corporate.evonik.com.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 071900-1 WATER REPELLENTS AND
ANTI - GRAFFITI COATINGS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
2. Evonik Industries AG; Product - Agua -Trete "EM" Clear (Silane /Soloxane):
www.corporate.evonik.com.Funit
3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
B. Anti - graffiti Coating:
1. Evonik Industries AG; Product - Chem -Trete - Protectosil Antigraffiti:
www.corporate.evonik.com.
a. A waterborne, breathable, antigraffiti treatment for use on concrete, brick, and
concrete masonry units. Is based on silane chemistry; is non - sacrificial; VOC
compliant; good UV stability. Will leave a residue on non - porous materials such as
glass, metal and painted surfaces.
2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Water Repellent: Non - glossy, colorless, penetrating, water - vapor - permeable, non - yellowing
sealer, that dries invisibly leaving appearance of substrate unchanged.
1. Applications: Vertical surfaces and non - traffic horizontal surfaces.
B. Water Repellent: Silicone resin based; colorless.
1. VOC Content: Less than 800 g /L, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 3690 or D
5095.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify existing conditions before starting work.
B. Verify joint sealants are installed and cured.
C. Verify surfaces to be coated are dry, clean, and free of efflorescence, oil, or other matter
detrimental to application of water repellent.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Prepare surfaces to be coated as recommended by water repellent manufacturer for best
results.
B. Do not start work until masonry mortar substrate is cured a minimum of 60 days.
C. Remove loose particles and foreign matter.
D. Remove oil and foreign substances with a chemical solvent that will not affect water repellent.
E. Pressure wash surfaces to be coated:
1. Concrete: High pressure wash at 1500 to 4000 psi (10 to 30 MPa), at 6 to 12 inches (150
to 300 mm) from surface.
F. Allow surfaces to dry completely to degree recommended by water repellent manufacturer
before starting coating work.
3.03 APPLICATION
A. Apply water repellent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, using procedures and
application methods recommended as producing the best results.
1. Water Repellent: Apply a heavy saturation spray coating on surfaces indicated for
treatment using low pressure spray equipment. Comply with manufacturer's instructions
and recommendations, using airless spraying procedure unless otherwise indicated.
a. Apply a second saturation spray coating, repeating first application. Comply with
manufacturer's instructions for limitations on drying time between coats and after
rainstorm wetting of surfaces between coats. Consult manufacturer's technical
representative if printed recommendations are not applicable to project conditions.
2. Antigraffiti Coating: Upon the curing of the water repellent, apply two (2) coats (wet on
wet) of antigraffiti coating per the manufacturer's recommendations.
a. Apply at rate recommended by manufacturer, continuously over entire surface.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 071900-2 WATER REPELLENTS AND
ANTI - GRAFFITI COATINGS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
B. Remove water repellent from unintended surfaces immediately by a method instructed by water
repellent manufacturer.
3.04 PROTECTION OF ADJACENT WORK
A. Protect adjacent landscaping, property, and vehicles from drips and overspray.
B. Protect adjacent surfaces not intended to receive water repellent.
C. Remove water repellent from unintended surfaces immediately by a method instructed by water
repellent manufacturer.
3.05 COMPLETION
A. Work that does not conform to specified requirements shall be corrected and /or replaced as
directed by the Owner's Representative at Contractor's expense without extension of time.
END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 071900-3 WATER REPELLENTS AND
ANTI - GRAFFITI COATINGS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
SECTION 07 9005
JOINT SEALERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Sealants and joint backing.
B. This Section includes joint sealers for the following locations:
1. Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and non - traffic horizontal surfaces as indicated below.
a. Control and expansion joints in cast -in -place concrete.
b. Joints between different materials listed above.
c. Otherjoints as indicated.
2. Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces as indicated below:
a. Control, expansion, and isolation joints in cast -in -place concrete slabs for floors and
paving.
b. Joints between different materials listed above.
c. Otherjoints as indicated.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Joint sealer, caulk, and sealant shall be interchangable in the specifications and the drawings.
1.03 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 03 3000 - Cast -in Place Concrete.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2014.
B. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2013.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant chemical characteristics.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with
minimum three years documented experience and approved by manufacturer.
1.07 SYSTEM PERFORMANCES
A. Provide joint sealers that have been produced and installed to establish and maintain watertight
and airtight continuous seal without causing staining or deterioration of joint substrates.
1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels informing
about manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life,
curing time, and mixing instructions for Multi- component materials.
B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturers' recommendations to prevent
their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other
causes.
1.09 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after
installation.
B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers where joint widths are
less than allowed by joint sealer manufacturer for application indicated.
C. Joint Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers until contaminants
capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint substrates.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 079005-1 JOINT SEALERS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 1.10 COORDINATION
2 A. Coordinate the work with all sections referencing this section.
3 B. Sequence installation of joint sealers to occur not less than 21 nor more than 30 days after
4 completion of concrete and masonry waterproofing, unless otherwise indicated.
5 1.11 WARRANTY
6 A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
7 B. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Final Completion.
8 C. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve airtight
9 seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure.
10 PART 2 PRODUCTS
11 2.01 MATERIALS, GENERAL
12 A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealers, joint fillers and other related materials that are compatible
13 with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as
14 demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
15 B. Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealers indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as
16 selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.
17 2.02 MANUFACTURERS
18
A.
Silicone Sealants:
19
1. Bostik Inc: www.bostik - us.com.
20
2. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com.
21
3. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems: www.buildingsystems.basf.com.
22
4. GE Plastics: www.geplastics.com.
23
5. Degussa Building Systems /Sonneborn: www.chemrex.com.
24
6. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
25
B.
Polyurethane Sealants:
26
1. Bostik Inc: www.bostik - us.com.
27
2. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com.
28
3. Degussa Building Systems /Sonneborn: www.chemrex.com.
29
4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
30
C.
Polysulfide Sealants:
31
1. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com.
32
2. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems: www.chemrex.com.
33
3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
34
D.
Acrylic Sealants (ASTM C920):
35
1. Tremco Global Sealants: www.tremcosealants.com.
36
E.
Butyl Sealants:
37
1. Bostik Inc: www.bostik - us.com.
38
2. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com.
39
3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
40
F.
Acrylic Emulsion Latex Sealants:
41
1. Bostik Inc: www.bostik - us.com.
42
2. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com.
43
3. Degussa Building Systems /Sonneborn: www.chemrex.com.
44
4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
45
G.
Preformed Compressible Foam Sealers:
46
1. EMSEAL Joint Systems, Ltd: www.emseal.com.
47
2. Sandell Manufacturing Company, Inc: www.sandellmfg.com.
48
3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 079005-2 JOINT SEALERS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 2.03 SEALANTS
2
A.
General Purpose Exterior Sealant: Polyurethane; ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses M,
3
G, and A; single component.
4
1. Applications: Use for:
5
a. Control, expansion, and soft joints in masonry.
6
b. Joints between concrete and other materials.
7
c. Joints between metal frames and other materials.
8
d. Other exterior joints for which no other sealant is indicated.
9
B.
Exterior Expansion Joint Sealer: Precompressed foam sealer; urethane with water - repellent.
10
1. Color: as selected.
11
2. Size as required to provide weathertight seal when installed.
12
3. Provide product recommended by manufacturer for traffic - bearing use.
13
4. Applications: Use for:
14
a. Exterior wall expansion joints.
15
C.
Exterior Metal Lap Joint Sealant: Butyl or polyisobutylene, nondrying, nonskinning, noncuring.
16
1. Applications: Use for:
17
a. Concealed sealant bead in sheet metal work.
18
b. Concealed sealant bead in siding overlaps.
19
D.
Concrete Paving Joint Sealant: Polyurethane, self - leveling; ASTM C 920, Class 25, Uses T, I,
20
M and A; single component.
21
1. Color: Gray.
22
2. Applications: Use for:
23
a. Joints in sidewalks and vehicular paving.
24
2.04 ACCESSORIES
25
A.
Primer: Non - staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.
26
B.
Joint Cleaner: Non - corrosive and non - staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer;
27
compatible with joint forming materials.
28
C.
Joint Backing: Round foam rod compatible with sealant; ASTM D 1667, closed cell PVC;
29
oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width.
30
D.
Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit
31
application.
32
PART 3
EXECUTION
33
3.01 EXAMINATION
34
A.
Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work.
35
B.
Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant.
36
3.02 PREPARATION
37
A.
Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant.
38
B.
Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
39
1. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint
40
sealer manufacturer based on preconstruction joint sealer- substrate tests or prior
41
experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealer manufacturer's recommendations.
42
Confine primers to areas of joint sealer bond, do not allow spillage or migration onto
43
adjoining surfaces.
44
C.
Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C1193.
45
D.
Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from damage or disfigurement.
46
1. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with
47
adjoining surfaces which otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 079005-3 JOINT SEALERS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape
2 immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.
3 3.03 INSTALLATION
4 A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of
5 surfaces and material installation instructions.
6 B. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C1193.
7 C. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used.
8 1. Install bond breaker tape between sealants and joint - fillers, compression seals or back of
9 joints where adhesion of sealant to surfaces at back of joints would result in sealant
10 failure.
11 D. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags.
12 E. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer
13 when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges.
14 F. Tool joints concave.
15 G. Precompressed Foam Sealant: Do not stretch; avoid joints except at corners, ends, and
16 intersections; install with face 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3 to 6 mm) below adjoining surface.
17 H. Compression Gaskets: Avoid joints except at ends, corners, and intersections; seal all joints
18 with adhesive; install with face 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3 to 6 mm) below adjoining surface.
19 I. Installation of Sealant Backings: Install sealant backings to comply with the following
20 requirements:
21 1. Install joint fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at
22 position required to produce the cross sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants
23 relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability.
24 a. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint fillers.
25 b. Do not stretch, twist, puncture or tear joint fillers.
26 c. Remove absorbent joint fillers which have become wet prior to sealant application
27 and replace with dry material.
28 3.04 CLEANING
29 A. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces.
30 3.05 PROTECTION
31 A. Protect sealants until cured.
32 1. Protect joint sealers during and after curing period from contact with contaminating
33 substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that
34 they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite
35 such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or
36 deteriorated joint sealers immediately and reseal joints with new materials to product joint
37 sealer installations with repaired areas indistinguishable from original work.
38
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 079005-4 JOINT SEALERS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 SECTION 09 9000
2 PAINTS AND COATINGS - (NEW CONSTRUCTION)
3 PART 1 GENERAL
4 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
5 A. Extent of Painting:
6 1. As scheduled and indicated on the drawings, or unless noted otherwise, all surfaces on
7 the total exterior and interior of all building of this project shall be prepared, painted, and
8 finished as described in the following contents of this Section 09 9000, This includes all
9 playshed structural steel and supporting steels member, downspouts and game line
10 striping. Exceptions to this rule are natural finishes of materials specifically noted below in
11 paragraph "Surfaces Not To Be Painted."
12 a. Where surfaces and materials have not been scheduled or noted for paint finish,
13 paint with similar material and number of coats as on similarly scheduled or noted
14 surface.
15 b. Surface preparation, priming and coats of paint specified are in addition to
16 shop - priming and surface treatment specified under other sections of work.
17 B. Surfaces Not To Be Painted:
18 1. Pre - Finished Items: Unless otherwise indicated, do not include painting when
19 factory- finishing or installer finishing is specified for such items as (but not limited to)
20 roofing, brick, glass, plastic laminate toilet enclosures, acoustic materials, architectural
21 woodwork and casework, and finish mechanical and electrical equipment, including
22 sprinkler heads, light fixtures, switchgear and distribution cabinets.
23 2. Concealed Surfaces: Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces such
24 as walls or ceilings in concealed areas and generally inaccessible areas, foundation
25 spaces, furred areas, utility tunnels, pipe spaces, duct shafts and elevator shafts.
26 3. Finished Metal Surfaces: Unless otherwise indicated, metal surfaces of anodized
27 aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze and similar finished materials
28 will not require finish painting.
29 4. Operating Parts: Unless otherwise indicated, moving parts of operating units, mechanical
30 and electrical parts, such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sensing devices,
31 motor and fan shafts will not require finish painting.
32 5. Do not paint over any code required labels, such as Underwriters' Laboratories and
33 Factory Mutual, or any equipment identification, performance rating, name, or
34 nomenclature plates.
35 C. Following categories of work are included under other sections of these specifications.
36 1. Shop Priming: Unless otherwise specified, shop priming of ferrous metal items is included
37 under various sections for structural steel, metal fabrications, hollow metal work and
38 similar items.
39 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES
40 A. Surface preparation.
41 B. Field application of paints.
42 C. All labor, materials, tools and other equipment, services and supervision required to complete
43 all interior and exterior painting and decorating work as indicated on Finish Schedules and to
44 the full extent of the drawings and specifications.
45 D. Work under this contract shall also include, but not necessarily be limited to:
46 1. Surface preparation of substrates as required for acceptance of painting, including
47 cleaning, small crack repair, patching, caulking, and making good surfaces and areas to
48 the limits defined under MPI preparation requirements.
49 2. Surface preparation and prime painting surfaces for wall coverings prior to installation. in
50 accordance with MPI and wall covering manufacturer's requirements.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 099000-1 PAINTS AND COATINGS - (NEW
CONSTRUCTION)
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 3. Specific pre- treatments noted herein or specified in the MPI Architectural Painting
2 Specification Manual.
3 4. Priming (except where pre - primed with an approved primer under other Sections of work)
4 and painting of structural steel, miscellaneous metal, ornamental metal and primed steel
5 equipment.
6 5. Painting of all semi - concealed areas (e.g. inside of light troughs and valances, behind
7 grilles, and projecting edges above and below sight lines).
8 6. Provision of safe and adequate ventilation as required over and above temporary
9 ventilation supplied by others, where toxic and /or volatile / flammable materials are being
10 used.
11 7. Refer to drawings and schedules (e.g., Finish Schedule) for type, location and extent of
12 finishes required, and include all touch -ups and field painting necessary to complete work
13 shown, scheduled or specified.
14 8. This Section along with the drawings forms part of the Contract documents and is to be
15 read, interpreted and coordinated with all other parts.
16 9. Providing Fire Resistant Coating (paint) to electrical and communication backer boards.
17 10. Provisions for 2 coat systems.
18 a. The first coat shall be applied at a 50% tinting of the color selected.
19 E. Records of Paints Used: Contractor shall retain in good condition all paint schedules, marked
20 plans and paint samples used for job quality and color control. These are to be turned over to
21 the Owner at the end of the job.
22 1. COLOR SCHEDULES which are provided to the Contractor are frequently, due to the
23 Contractor's preference of paint supplier, "crossed over" with colors being matched by
24 another paint supplier (other than the supplier whose colors were specified).
25 2. Since it is not possible to predict what supplier and therefore which product numbers will
26 be used to complete a job, the color schedule (master) has extra blanks under each color
27 for the insertion of product information which must be supplied by the paint contractor
28 when a scheduled color may have to be mixed in more than one product type to paint
29 different surfaces.
30 3. For example: Walls are scheduled to be painted color 'Y'. If metal louvers set in these
31 walls require a different product type other than the type scheduled for the walls, use the
32 blank space under "x" in the schedule to record the paint product and its number, thereby
33 facilitating the Owner's purchase of the proper product when maintenance is required.
34 4. See sample "Paint Schedule" at end of this section.
35 a. The Contractor shall provide the a schedule in this format at the end of the project.
36 b. A copy of this format /schedule is available form (Architect) Erickson McGovern
37 Architects in an Excel format.
38 F. See Schedule - Surfaces to be Finished, at end of Section.
39 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
40 A. Section 00 5000 - Agreement
41 B. Section 00 5200 - General Requirements
42 C. Unless otherwise noted, the following work or conditions are not included under this Section of
43 work:
44 D. Section 05 5120 - Structual Steel: Additional steel members to be painted.
45 E. Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications: Shop - primed items.
46 F. Section 13 3419 - Pre - engineered Metal Building Systems. Primed Steel supplied by building
47 supplier.
48 1.04 REFERENCES
49 A. Except as hereinafter specified, for materials and workmanship, conform to the "Architectural
50 Painting Specification Manual" hereinafter referred to as "MPI," as published by The Masters
51 Painters and Decorators Association.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 099000-2 PAINTS AND COATINGS - (NEW
CONSTRUCTION)
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
B.
40 CFR 59, Subpart D - National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for
2
Architectural Coatings; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; current edition.
3
C.
ASTM D 16 - Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications;
4
2003.
5
1.05 DEFINITIONS
6
A.
Conform to MPI and ASTM D 16 for interpretation of terms used in this section.
7
1.06 SUBMITTALS
8
A.
See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
9
B.
Product Data: Provide data on all finishing products, including VOC content.
10
C.
Samples: Submit three painted samples, illustrating selected colors and textures for each color
11
and system selected with specified coats cascaded. Submit on index weight paper stock, 8
12
1/2x11 inch in size.
13
D.
Submit two sets of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) prior to commencement of work for
14
review and for posting at job site as required.
15
E.
When painting occupied areas, submit work schedule for various stages of work for the
16
Consultant's review and Owner's approval if requested.
17
F.
At project completion provide an itemized list complete with manufacturer, paint type and color
18
coding for all colors used for Owner's later use in maintenance. See Paint Record
19
Requirements at the end of this Section.
20 G. At project completion provide properly packaged maintenance materials as noted herein and
21 obtain a signed receipt.
22 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE
23 A. This Contractor shall have a minimum of five (5) years proven satisfactory experience and shall
24 show proof before commencement of work that he will maintain a qualified crew of painters
25 throughout the duration of the work. When requested, Contractor shall provide a list of the last
26 three comparable jobs including, name and location, specifying authority / project manager,
27 start / completion dates and value of the painting work.
28 B. Only qualified journeymen who have a Tradesman Qualification Certificate of Proficiency shall
29 be engaged in painting and decorating work. Apprentices may be employed provided they work
30 under the direct supervision of a qualified journeyman in accordance with trade regulations.
31 C. All materials, preparation and workmanship shall conform to the standards contained in the
32 latest edition of the Master Painters Institute (MPI) Architectural Painting Specification Manual
33 (hereafter referred to as the MPI.
34 D. Painting Manual as issued by the local MPI Accredited Quality Assurance Association having
35 jurisdiction.
36 E. All paint manufacturers and products used shall be as listed under the Approved Product List
37 section of the MPI Painting Manual.
38 F. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL PAINT APPLICATION BE PERMITTED WITHOUT
39 SPECIFIED SAMPLE APPROVAL. ANY PRODUCT APPLIED WHICH IS NOT ACCORDING
40 TO SPECIFICATIONS AND SIGNED OFF FOR PROPER COLOR WILL BE SUBJECT TO
41 REMOVAL AND REPAINT AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE.
42 1.08 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
43 A. Conform to applicable code for flame and smoke rating requirements for products and finishes.
44 B. Conform to the latest edition of Industrial Health and Safety Regulations issued by applicable
45 authorities having jurisdiction in regard to site safety (ladders, scaffolding, ventilation, etc.).
46 C. Conform to requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction in regard to the storage, mixing,
47 application and disposal of all paint related materials.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 099000-3 PAINTS AND COATINGS - (NEW
CONSTRUCTION)
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 1.09 MOCK -UP
2
A.
See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for mock -up.
3
B.
When requested by the Architect, provide duplicate minimum 300 mm (12 ") square samples of
4
surfaces or acceptable facsimiles requested painted with specified paint or coating in colors,
5
gloss /sheen and textures required to MPI Painting Manual standards for review and approval.
6
When approved, samples shall become acceptable standard of quality for appropriate on -site
7
surface with one of each sample retained on -site.
8
C.
When requested by the Architect, prepare and paint designated surface, area, room or item (in
9
each color scheme) to requirements specified herein, with specified paint or coating showing
10
selected colors, gloss / sheen, textures and workmanship to MPI Painting Manual standards for
11
review and approval. When approved, surface, area, room and /or items shall become
12
acceptable standard of finish quality and workmanship for similar on -site work.
13
D.
Mock -up may remain as part of the Work.
14
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
15
A.
Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability.
16
1. Deliver all painting materials in sealed, original labeled containers bearing manufacturer's
17
name, brand name, type of paint or coating and color designation, standard compliance,
18
materials content as well as mixing and /or reducing and application requirements.
19
B.
Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand
20
code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and
21
instructions for mixing and reducing.
22
C.
Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F (7 degrees C) and a
23
maximum of 90 degrees F (32 degrees C), in ventilated area, and as required by
24
manufacturer's instructions.
25
1. Store all paint materials in original labeled containers in a secure (lockable), dry, heated
26
and well ventilated single designated area meeting the minimum requirements of both
27
paint manufacturer and authorities having jurisdiction and at a minimum ambient
28
temperature of 45° F (7° C). Only material used on this project to be stored on site.
29
D.
Where toxic and /or volatile / explosive / flammable materials are being used, provide adequate
30
fireproof storage lockers and take all necessary precautions and post adequate warnings (e.g.
31
no smoking) as required.
32
E.
Take all necessary precautionary and safety measures to prevent fire hazards and
33
spontaneous combustion and to protect the environment from hazard spills. Materials that
34
constitute a fire hazard (paints, solvents, drop clothes, etc.) shall be stored in suitable closed
35
and rated containers and removed from the site on a daily basis.
36
1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
37
A.
Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature
38
ranges required by the paint product manufacturer.
39
1. UNLESS specifically pre- approved by the specifying body, (Paint Inspection Agency) and
40
the applied product manufacturer, perform no painting or decorating work when the
41
ambient air and substrate temperatures are below 50° F (10° C) for both interior and
42
exterior work.
43
2. Perform no painting or decorating work unless adequate continuous ventilation and
44
sufficient heating facilities are in place to maintain ambient air and substrate temperatures
45
above minimum requirements for 24 hours before, during and after paint application.
46
Provide supplemental ventilating and heating equipment if ventilation and heating from
47
existing system is inadequate to meet minimum requirements.
48
3. Perform no painting or decorating work when the relative humidity is above 85% or when
49
the dew point is less than 5° F (3° C) variance between the air / surface temperature.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 099000-4 PAINTS AND COATINGS - (NEW
CONSTRUCTION)
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 4. Apply paint only to dry, clean, properly cured and adequately prepared surfaces in areas
2 where dust is no longer generated by construction activities such that airborne particles
3 will not affect the quality of finished surfaces.
4 5. Perform no painting or decorating work unless a minimum lighting level of 323 Lux (30 foot
5 candles) is provided on surfaces to be painted or decorated. Adequate lighting facilities
6 shall be provided by the General Contractor.
7 B. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles (860 Ix) measured mid - height at substrate surface.
8 1.12 SCHEDULING
9 A. Schedule painting operations to prevent disruption of and by other trades.
10 B. Schedule painting operations to prevent disruption of occupants in and about the building.
11 Obtain written authorization from Consultant / Owner for changes in work schedule.
12 C. Painting in occupied facilities to be carried out during hours in accordance with Owner's
13 operating requirements (during silent hours)(on weekends). Schedule work such that painted
14 surfaces will have dried before occupants are affected.
15 D. Phasing of work shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 1000 - Summary.
16 1.13 EXTRA MATERIALS
17 A. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.
18 B. Supply 1 gallon (4 L) of each color used; store where directed.
19 1. At project completion provide 4 liters (1 gallon) of each type and color of paint from same
20 production run (batch mix) used in unopened cans, properly labeled and identified for
21 Owner's later use in maintenance. Store where directed.
22 PART 2 PRODUCTS
23 2.01 MANUFACTURERS
24 A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following or approved:
25 1. Benjamin Moore & Co: www.benjaminmoore.com.
26 2. Glidden Professional (ICI Dulux): www.icipaintsinna.com.
27 3. Parker Paint: www.parkerpaint.com.
28 4. Sherwin - Williams: www.sherwin - williams.com.
29 5. Rodda Paint: www.roddapaint.com
30 B. Unless otherwise specified conform to Standards of MPI for materials; this includes paint,
31 varnish, stain, enamel, lacquer, fillers and related paint products and materials not specifically
32 indicated, but required for prime, intermediate and finish coats.
33 C. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
34 2.02 PAINTS AND COATINGS - GENERAL
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
A. Paints and Coatings: Ready mixed, except field - catalyzed coatings. Prepare pigments:
1. To a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a
homogeneous coating.
2. For good flow and brushing properties.
3. Capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags.
B. Materials:
1. All materials (primers, paints, coatings, varnishes, stains, lacquers, fillers, thinners,
solvents, etc.) shall be in accordance with the MPI Painting Manual Approved Product
listing and shall be from a single manufacturer for each system used.
2. Other paint materials such as linseed oil, shellac, etc. shall be the highest quality product
of an approved manufacturer listed in the MPI Painting Manual and shall be compatible
with other coating materials as required.
3. All paint materials shall have good flowing and brushing properties and shall dry or cure
free of blemishes or sags.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 099000-5
PAINTS AND COATINGS - (NEW
CONSTRUCTION)
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 4. Where required, paints and coatings shall meet flame spread and smoke developed
2 ratings designated by local Code requirements and /or authorities having jurisdiction.
3 C. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content:
4 1. Provide coatings that comply with the most stringent requirements specified in the
5 following:
6 a. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D-- National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for
7 Architectural Coatings.
8 2. Determination of VOC Content: Testing and calculation in accordance with 40 CFR 59,
9 Subpart D (EPA Method 24), exclusive of colorants added to a tint base and water added
10 at project site; or other method acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
11 D. Chemical Content: The following compounds are prohibited:
12 1. Aromatic Compounds: In excess of 1.0 percent by weight of total aromatic compounds
13 (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings).
14 2. Acrolein, acrylonitrile, antimony, benzene, butyl benzyl phthalate, cadmium, di
15 (2- ethylhexyl) phthalate, di -n -butyl phthalate, di -n -octyl phthalate, 1,2- dichlorobenzene,
16 diethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, ethylbenzene, formaldehyde, hexavalent chromium,
17 isophorone, lead, mercury, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methylene
18 chloride, naphthalene, toluene (methylbenzene), 1,1,1- trichloroethane, vinyl chloride.
19 2.03 EQUIPMENT
20 A. Painting and Decorating Equipment: to best trade standards for type of product and application.
21 B. Spray Painting Equipment: of ample capacity, suited to the type and consistency of paint or
22 coating being applied and kept clean and in good working order at all times.
23 2.04 MIXING AND TINTING
24
A.
Unless otherwise specified herein or pre- approved, all paint shall be ready -mixed and
25
pre- tinted. Re -mix all paint in containers prior to and during application to ensure break -up of
26
lumps, complete dispersion of settled pigment, and color and gloss uniformity.
27
B.
Paste, powder or catalyzed paint mixes shall be mixed in strict accordance with manufacturer's
28
written instructions.
29
C.
Where thinner is used, addition shall not exceed paint manufacturer's recommendations. Do
30
not use kerosene or any such organic solvents to thin water -based paints.
31
D.
Thin paint for spraying according in strict accordance with paint manufacturer's instructions. If
32
directions are not on container, obtain instructions in writing from manufacturer and provide
33
copy of instructions to Consultant.
34
2.05 FINISH AND COLORS
35
A.
Unless otherwise specified herein, all painting work shall be in accordance with MPI "Custom"
36
Grade finish requirements.
37
B.
Colors shall be as selected by the Architect from a manufacturer's full range of colors.
38
1. Ceilings (except those having a spray textured coating) shall be painted (white) (the same
39
color as walls).
40
2.06 GLOSS AND SHEEN RATING
41
A.
Paint gloss shall be defined as the sheen rating of applied paint, in accordance with the
42
following MPI values:
43
Gloss
Level Description Units @ 60 degrees Units @ 85 degrees
G1 Matte or Flat finish 0 to 5 10 max.
G2 Velvet finish 0 to 10 10 t0 35
G3 Eggshell finish 10 to 25 10 to 35
G4 Satin finish 20 to 35 35 min.
G5 Semi -Gloss finish 35 to 70
G6 Gloss finish 70 to85
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 099000-6 PAINTS AND COATINGS - (NEW
CONSTRUCTION)
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
G7 High -Gloss finish >85
1
2
B.
Gloss level ratings of all painted surfaces shall be as specified herein.
3
2.07 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
4
A.
Patching Material: Latex filler.
5
B.
Fastener Head Cover Material: Latex filler.
6
PART 3
EXECUTION
7
3.01 EXAMINATION
8
A.
Verify that surfaces are ready to receive Work as instructed by the product manufacturer.
9
B.
Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any
10
condition that may potentially affect proper application.
11
1. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner
12
acceptable to Applicator.
13
C.
Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions otherwise
14
detrimental to formation of a durable paint film.
15
D.
Starting of painting work will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and
16
conditions within any particular area.
17
E.
Test shop - applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials.
18
3.02 PREPARATION
19
A.
Surface Appurtenances: Remove or mask electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim,
20
escutcheons, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing.
21
1. Remove hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures,
22
and similar items in place and not to be finish - painted, or provide surface - applied
23
protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations. Remove, if necessary, for
24
complete painting of items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting of
25
each space or area, reinstall removed items.
26
B.
Surfaces: Correct defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this section. Remove or
27
repair existing coatings that exhibit surface defects.
28
1. Remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning. Program cleaning and painting so
29
that dust and other contaminants from cleaning process will not fall onto wet,
30
newly - painted surfaces.
31
C.
Marks: Seal with shellac those which may bleed through surface finishes.
32
D.
Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tetra - sodium phosphate
33
and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry.
34
E.
Galvanized Surfaces to be Painted: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with
35
solvent. Apply coat of etching primer.
36
F.
Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces to be Painted: Remove grease, mill scale, weld splatter, dirt,
37
and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by hand wire brushing or
38
sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution,
39
ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned. Prime paint entire surface; spot
40
prime after repairs.
41
G.
Shop- Primed Steel Surfaces to be Finish Painted: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer
42
and rust. Feather edges to make touch -up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent.
43
Prime bare steel surfaces. Re -prime entire shop - primed item.
44
3.03 APPLICATION
45
A.
Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
46
1. Priming and coats of paint specified are in addition to shop - priming and surface treatment
47
specified under other sections of work.
2015 -20 /
Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 099000-7 PAINTS AND COATINGS - (NEW
CONSTRUCTION)
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
2. Omit first coat (primer) on metal surfaces which have been shop - primed and touch -up
2
painted, unless otherwise indicated.
3
3. Transition Coat: When a system is called for over a previous coating with which it is not
4
entirely compatible (by either its chemical type or condition), a special type of primer may
5
be required to assure good adhesion and "tying" the new system to the old.
6
4. Prime Coats: Apply prime coat to material which is required to be painted or finished, and
7
which has not been prime coated by others.
8
a. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where there is evidence of suction spots or
9
unsealed areas in first coat, to assure a finish coat with no burn - through or other
10
defects due to insufficient sealing.
11
5. Spot Priming: Items that have been factory primed or shop primed and are damaged in
12
shipment or during the construction process may require spot priming where indicated in
13
paint schedule. Paint contractor shall verify that the spot primer specified is compatible
14
with the shop primer applied during the fabrication process.
15
6. Provide finish coats which are compatible with prime paints used.
16
7. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in "schedules" of the contract
17
documents.
18
8. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat material to surfaces that have been cleaned,
19
retreated or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and
20
before subsequent surface deterioration.
21
a. Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper drying. Do not
22
recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under
23
moderate thumb pressure, and application of another coat of paint does not cause
24
lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat.
25
b. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at not less than manufacturer's
26
recommended spreading rate, to establish a total dry film thickness as indicated or, if
27
not indicated, as recommended by coating manufacturer.
28
c. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through final
29
coat of paint, until paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Give special
30
attention to insure that surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and
31
exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces.
32
d. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque, smooth
33
surface of uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting,
34
holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness or other surface imperfections will
35
not be acceptable.
36
e. For painting of cast concrete surfaces that may have areas of imperfection, (i.e.) form
37
lines, rock pockets, etc., either spray paint or brush out these rough areas to assure
38
total surface coverage.
39
f. Vary color of successive paint and enamel coats to a distinguishable difference but
40
similar to finish coat.
41
g. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat.
42
h. Spray Paint Application: Surfaces coated by spraying method shall be backrolled
43
immediately after application to redistribute paint film for a more consistent and even
44
coverage. Leave no evidence of rolling, such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid
45
marks, or other surface imperfections.
46
i. Completed Work: Painter responsible for improper workmanship or misuse of
47
finishing materials; refinish at Painter's expense and leave in first class condition, as
48
approved by Architect. Surfaces damaged after painting and decorating is completed
49
shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor and repaired at General
50
Contractor's expense to condition approved by Architect.
51
j. Coating application prior to installation: For exterior wood siding, standing and
52
running trim, i.e. fascia, rake boards or other miscellaneous type of finish wood trim,
53
apply a coat or primer or stain, dependent upon specified finish, to all surfaces and
54
cut ends which will be concealed after installation.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 099000-8 PAINTS AND COATINGS - (NEW
CONSTRUCTION)
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
B.
Two (2) Coat Finish: For applications that are specified to receive (2) two finish coats, apply as
2
follows:
3
1. The first coat shall be applied at a 50% tinting of the color selected.
4
2. Architect or Owner shall be contacted between coats to verify and approve first
5
application.
6
3. The second coat shall be applied at a 100% tinting of the color selected.
7
C.
Where adjacent sealant is to be painted, do not apply finish coats until sealant is applied.
8
D.
Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is
9
applied.
10
E.
Apply each coat to uniform appearance. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding
11
coat unless otherwise approved.
12
F.
Substrate defects shall be made good and sanded by others ready for painting particularly after
13
the first coat of paint. Start of finish painting of effective surfaces (e.g. gypsum board) shall
14
indicate acceptance of substrate and any costs of making good defects shall be borne by the
15
painter including re- painting of entire defective surface (no touch -up painting).
16
G.
Sand, clean, dry, etch, neutralize and /or test all surfaces under adequate illumination,
17
ventilation and temperature requirements.
18
H.
Do not paint unless substrates are acceptable and /or until all environmental conditions
19
(heating, ventilation, lighting and completion of other subtrade work) are acceptable for
20
applications of products.
21
I.
Apply paint or stain in accordance with MPI Painting Manual Premium Grade finish
22
requirements.
23
J.
Apply paint and decorating material in a workmanlike manner using skilled and trade qualified
24
applicators as noted under Quality Assurance.
25
K.
Apply paint and coatings within an appropriate time frame after cleaning when environmental
26
conditions encourage flash- rusting, rusting, contamination or the manufacturer's paint
27
specifications require earlier applications.
28
L.
Painting coats specified are intended to cover surfaces satisfactorily when applied at proper
29
consistency and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
30
M.
Tint each coat of paint progressively lighter to enable confirmation of number of coats.
31
N.
Unless otherwise approved by the painting inspection agency, apply a minimum of four coats of
32
paint where deep or bright colors are used to achieve satisfactory results.
33
O.
Sand and dust between each coat to provide an anchor for next coat and to remove defects
34
visible from a distance up to 1000 mm (39 ").
35
P.
Do not apply finishes on surfaces that are not sufficiently dry. Unless manufacturer's directions
36
state otherwise, each coat shall be sufficiently dry and hard before a following coat is applied.
37
Q.
Prime coat of stain or varnish finishes may be reduced in accordance with manufacturer's
38
directions.
39
R.
Paint finish shall continue through behind all wall mounted items (e.g. chalk and tack boards).
40 3.04 FINISHING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
41 A. Unless otherwise specified or noted, paint all "unfinished" conduits, piping, hangers, ductwork
42 and other mechanical and electrical equipment with color and texture to match adjacent
43 surfaces, in the following areas:
44 1. Where exposed -to -view in all exterior areas.
45 B. Do not paint over nameplates.
46 C. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed
47 prior to finishing.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 099000-9 PAINTS AND COATINGS - (NEW
CONSTRUCTION)
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
2 A. All surfaces, preparation and paint applications shall be inspected.
3 B. Painted surfaces shall be considered to lack uniformity and soundness if any of the following
4 defects are apparent to the Painting Inspection Agency inspector:
5 1. Runs, sags, hiding or shadowing by inefficient application methods.
6 2. Evidence of poor coverage at rivet heads, plate edges, lap joints, crevices, pockets,
7 corners and re- entrant angles.
8 3. Damage due to touching before paint is sufficiently dry or any other contributory cause.
9 4. Damage due to application on moist surfaces or caused by inadequate protection from the
10 weather.
11 5. Damage and /or contamination of paint due to wind blown contaminants (dust, sand blast
12 materials, salt spray, etc.).
13 C. Painted surfaces rejected by the inspector shall be made good at the expense of the
14 Contractor. Small affected areas may be touched up; large affected areas or areas without
15 sufficient dry film thickness of paint shall be repainted. Runs, sags of damaged paint shall be
16 removed by scraper or by sanding prior to application of paint.
17 D. Protection:
18 1. Protect all newly painted exterior surfaces from rain and snow, condensation,
19 contamination, dust, salt spray and freezing temperatures until paint coatings are
20 completely dry. Curing periods shall exceed the manufacturer's recommended minimum
21 time requirements.
22 2. Erect barriers or screens and post signs to warn of or limit or direct traffic away or around
23 work area as required.
24 3.06 CLEANING
25 A. Collect waste material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and
26 remove daily from site.
27 B. Clean -Up:
28 1. Remove all paint where spilled, splashed, splattered or sprayed as work progresses using
29 means and materials that are not detrimental to affected surfaces.
30 2. During progress of work, remove from site discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans and
31 rags at end of each work day.
32 3. Upon completion of painting work, clean window glass and other paint spattered surfaces.
33 Remove spattered paint by proper methods of washing and scraping, using care not to
34 scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces.
35 4. Keep work area free from an unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus
36 materials and debris.
37 5. Remove combustible rubbish materials and empty paint cans each day and safely dispose
38 of same in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
39 6. Clean equipment and dispose of wash water / solvents as well as all other cleaning and
40 protective materials (e.g. rags, drop cloths, masking papers, etc.), paints, thinners, paint
41 removers / strippers in accordance with the
42 7. Safety requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
43 C. Protection: Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by
44 painting and finishing work. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and
45 repainting, as acceptable to Architect.
46 1. Provide "Wet Paint" signs as required to protect newly painted finishes. Remove
47 temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work, after
48 completion of painting operations.
49 2. At completion of work of other trades, touch -up and restore all damaged or defaced
50 painted surfaces.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 09 9000 - 10 PAINTS AND COATINGS - (NEW
CONSTRUCTION)
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 3.07 SCHEDULE - SURFACES TO BE FINISHED
2 A. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items:
3 1. Items fully factory- finished unless specifically noted.
4 2. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels.
5 B. Paint the surfaces described below under Schedule - Paint Systems.
6 C. Electrical: Use paint systems defined for the substrates to be finished.
7 1. Paint all conduit occurring in finished areas to match background surfaces, unless
8 otherwise indicated.
9 2. Paint shop - primed items occurring in finished areas.
10 3.08 SCHEDULE - PAINT SYSTEMS
11 A. Exterior Paint and Coating Systems:
12 1. Paint EXTERIOR surfaces in accordance with the following MPI Painting Manual
13 requirements:
14 a. Concrete Horizontal Surfaces: (decks, stairs, driveways, parking and court areas,
15 etc.)
16 1) EXT 3.2F - Alkyd zone / traffic marking finish for parking lines, etc.
17 b. Structural Steel and Metal Fabrications: (ferrous metals - includes traffic control
18 gates, metal decks, metal trusses, trellis, and joists)
19 1) EXT 5.1A - Quick dry enamel finish.
20 (a) Coats
21 (1) Alkyd Metal Primer (Quick Dry) / 1 Coat / Product - #76
22 (2) Alkyd Gloss Enamel Finish / 2 Coats / Product - #94
23 c. Galvanized Metal: (not chromate passivated) - For high contact / high traffic areas
24 (bollards, lintels, ladders, railings, miscellaneous. steel, pipes, etc.) - For low contact /
25 low traffic areas (overhead decking, downspout brackets, ducts, gutters, flashing,
26 etc.)
27 1) EXT 5.313 Alkyd finish.
28 (a) Coats:
29 (1) Latex Galvanized Primer / 1 Coat / Product - #26
30 (2) Alkyd Gloss Enamel -Finish Coat/ 2 Coats/ Product - #94
31 2. Note The Following For Exterior Paint:
32 a. Downspouts: Shall be painted out same color as their background. PVC downspouts
33 painting preparations: Fine sand to degloss and provide tooth. Provide one coat
34 primer, ICI Devoe, Devguard #4160, or equivalent and two finish coats 100% acrylic
35 satin enamel. (Tint primer coat similar to top coat for best hide).
36 b. Paintout: All miscellaneous mechanical, vents, louvers, or other detail against brick
37 will receive a brick matching paint; all similar items against neutral walls shall paint
38 out as required USING APPROPRIATE PRODUCT FOR SURFACE TYPE. No metal
39 or other surfaces requiring special paint will be accepted if painted with improper
40 product (e.g. latex over unprimed metal).
41 c. Spot prime all factory or shop primed items damaged in shipment or installation with
42 primer compatible to existing primer and top coats.
43 3.09 PAINT RECORDS REQUIREMENTS
44 A. The painting contractor shall maintain, keep current and in good condition through the duration
45 of the job, all drawings and schedules indicating specified products and their locations of
46 application. These records shall be returned to the Owner, through the Architect, at the end of
47 the job to facilitate future building maintenance.
48 B. Because the painting contractor may prefer to use a different paint manufacturer (requiring the
49 Architect's approval) from the one specified, he is required to fill out the PAINT PRODUCTS
50 SCHEDULE to indicate the alternate manufacturer and product number. (See sample schedule
51 following this Section).
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 09 9000 - 11 PAINTS AND COATINGS - (NEW
CONSTRUCTION)
1
2
3
4
5
6
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
C. Also, when a scheduled color is to be used in more than one paint type, i.e. on wood, metal or
concrete, the requested information shall be filled in on the PAINT PRODUCTS SCHEDULE in
the spaces provided in the Paint Record Schedule.
END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 09 9000 - 12
PAINTS AND COATINGS - (NEW
CONSTRUCTION)
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 SECTION 11 6623
2 SPORTS EQUIPMENT
3 PART 1 GENERAL
4 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
5 A. Exterior (outside building inside play shed) basketball and supports.
6 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
7 A. Section 13 3419 - Pre - engineered Metal Building System
8 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
9
A.
ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials;
10
2013a.
11
B.
AWS D1.1/D1.1 M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; American Welding Society; 2010.
12
C.
NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials;
13
National Fire Protection Association; 2006.
14
1.04 SUBMITTALS
15
A.
See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
16
B.
Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data showing configuration, sizes, materials, finishes,
17
hardware, and accessories; include:
18
1. Structural steel welder certifications.
19
2. Manufacturer's installation instructions.
20
C.
Shop Drawings: For custom fabricated equipment indicate, in large scale detail, construction
21
methods; method of attachment or installation; type and gage of metal, hardware, and fittings;
22
plan front elevation; elevations and dimensions; minimum one cross section; utility
23
requirements as to types, sizes, and locations.
24
D.
Samples: Submit samples of wall pad coverings in manufacturer's available range of colors.
25
E.
Operating and maintenance data, for each operating equipment item.
26
F.
Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner
27
(Yelm Community Schools No. 2)'s name and registered with manufacturer.
28
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
29
A.
Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this
30
section, with not less than five years of documented experience.
31
B.
Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified with
32
minimum five years of experience.
33
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
34
A.
Deliver products to project site in manufacturer's original packaging with factory original labels
35
attached.
36
B.
Store products indoors and elevated above floor; prevent warping, twisting, or sagging.
37
C.
Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; protect from extremes of
38
weather, temperature, moisture, and other damage.
39
1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS
40
A.
Coordinate size of access and route to place of installation.
41
1.08 WARRANTY
42
A.
See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
43
B.
Provide one year from Final Acceptance of project manufacturer warranty for all equipment.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 11 6623-1 SPORTS EQUIPMENT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Basis of Design:
1. All equipment specified below and models numbers are based upon Porter Athletic
Equipment Company. All other manufacturers approved in this Section or by substitution
request shall meet or exceed models specified. Manufacturers not listed as approved
must submit per requirements of Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
B. Gymnasium Equipment:
1. Porter Athletic Equipment Company: www.porter - ath.com.
2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
2.02 GYMNASIUM EQUIPMENT - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. See drawings for sizes and locations.
B. Where mounting dimensions or sizes are not indicated, comply with applicable requirements of
the following:
1. National Federation of State High School Associations (NFHS) sports rules.
C. Provide mounting plates, brackets, and anchors of sufficient size and strength to securely
attach equipment to building structure; comply with requirements of contract documents.
D. Hardware: Heavy duty steel hardware, as recommended by manufacturer.
E. Structural Steel Fabrications: Welded in accordance with AWS D1. 1/D1.1 M, using certified
welders.
2.03 BASKETBALL
A. Basketball System: Backstop assembly, backboard, and goal.
B. The numbers used are from Porter Athletic Equipment and are used only to establish standard
of design and quality of materials and are not intended to preclude the use of any other
approved manufacturer's products.
1. Model: 90526 -000 - Stationary Back stop, forward braced.
2. Quantity:2
3. Backboard: 01206 -300 steel
4. Padding: 00326 - black
5. Goal: 00251 H00 - chain net
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Take field measurements to ensure proper fitting of work. If taking field measurements before
fabrication will delay work, allow for adjustments within recommended tolerances.
B. Inspect areas and conditions before installation. Notify (Architect) Erickson McGovern
Architects in writing of unsatisfactory or detrimental conditions. Do not proceed until conditions
have been corrected. Commencing installation constitutes acceptance of work site conditions.
C. Utilities: Refer to Division 16 for electrical requirements.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with contract documents and manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install equipment rigid, straight, plumb, and level.
C. Secure all equipment with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices.
D. Separate dissimilar metals to prevent electrolytic corrosion.
3.03 ADJUSTING
A. Verify proper placement of equipment.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 11 6623-2 SPORTS EQUIPMENT
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
B. Verify proper placement of equipment anchors and sleeves. Use actual movable equipment to
be anchored if available.
3 C. Adjust operating equipment for proper operation; remove and replace equipment causing noise
4 or vibration. Lubricate equipment if recommended by manufacturer.
5 3.04 PROTECTION
6 A. Protect installed products until Substantial Completion.
7 B. Replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.
8 END OF SECTION
9
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 11 6623-3 SPORTS EQUIPMENT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
SECTION 13 3419
PRE - ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING SYSTEM
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Manufacturer - engineered, shop- fabricated structural steel building (play shed).
1. Structural steel frame.
a. Additional structural framing and attachments required to support secondary
components (Basketball back stops).
2. Roof covering system including exterior roof panels, panel attachments, sealants, mastics,
trim and flashings.
B. Associated gutter and downspout drainage systems.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 1000 - Summary: Phasing and Permitting requirements.
B. Section 03 3000 - Cast -in -Place Concrete: Foundations and anchor bolts.
C. Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers.
D. Section 09 9000 - Paints and Coatings (New Construction).
E. Section 11 6623 - Gymnasium Equipment
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. AISC 360 - Specification for Structural Steel Buildings; American Institute of Steel Construction,
Inc.; 2010.
B. ASTM C1107/C1107M - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic- Cement Grout
(Nonshrink); 2013.
C. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination;
American Welding Society; 2012.
D. AWS D1.1/D1.1 M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; American Welding Society; 2010.
E. MBMA — Metal Buildings Systems Manual; 2012.
F. SSPC -Paint 20 - Zinc -Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic "); Society for
Protective Coatings; 2002 (Ed. 2004).
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. Building Dimensions: See drawings.
B. Building Eave Height: Measured from the top of the eave member at the outside of the sidewall
girt line to the bottom of the sidewall column base plate or to finished floor if columns are on
grout or recessed below finished floor.
C. Bay Spacing: Measured from centerline to centerline of primary frames for interior bays and
from centerline of the first interior frame to outside of end wall girls for end bays.
D. Roof Pitch: The ratio of the vertical rise to the horizontal run (i.e. 3:12 = 3 inch of rise for every
foot of horizontal dimension). See drawing for slope.
1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. General:
1. Provide metal building frame, metal roof panels, accessories and miscellaneous materials
for a complete enclosure including supports for building components specified in other
sections.
2. Design structural systems according to professionally recognized methods and standards
and legally adopted building codes.
3. Design under supervision of professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 133419-1 PRE- ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING
SYSTEM
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
B. Design Requirements:
2
1.
Bay size: Varies (see drawings).
3
2.
Roof pitch: Varies (see drawings).
4
3.
Building location zip code: 98597.
5
4.
Roof Live Load: See structural drawings.
6
5.
Roof Snow Load: See structural drawings.
7
6.
Ground Snow Load: See structural drawings.
8
7.
Collateral Loads: In accordance with IBC and MBMA Metal Building Systems Manual.
9
8.
Rainfall intensity per hour 6 inches /hour.
10
9.
Reliability /redundancy factor: In accordance with IBC and local amended codes.
11
10.
Seismic Loads: Calculate in accordance with IBC and local amended codes.
12
11.
Building use /importance category II, Soil Profile per Geotechnical report, Effective Peak
13
Velocity Related Acceleration Coefficient (Ss /Sa) 1.170g, Effective Peak Acceleration
14
Coefficient (S1 /Sa) 0.398g.
15
12.
Dead loads, including the weight of all indicated permanent construction:
16
a. Elements required for support of lights and light battens, hanging fixtures, mechanical
17
equipment, piping, ceiling hanger wires, and all other items required to provide a
18
complete building and not specifically indicated on the drawings.
19
13.
Wind Loads:
20
a. Roof Wind Load: Calculate in accordance ASCE 7 -05, using 90 mph Basic Wind
21
Speed, Exposure Category B, and Importance Factor of 1.0.
22
C. Performance Requirements:
23
1.
System to withstand gravity and lateral loads in compliance with structural design criteria.
24
2.
Refer to contract drawings for additional concentrated loads to pre- engineered building
25
hanger beams and support jacks.
26
3.
Allowable Deflections:
27
a. Deflection /drift criteria for main frames shall follow recommendations outlined in AISC
28
Design Guide 3 and MBMA Serviceability recommendations whichever is more
29
stringent. In no case shall lateral drift of main frames exceed H /200, calculated in
30
accordance with ASCE 7 -05 design criteria.
31
b. Unless noted otherwise, deflection criteria for pre- manufactured elements other than
32
main frames shall follow recommendations outlined in IBC Section 1604.3.
33
c. Pre - manufactured building elements supporting vertical loads from concrete or
34
masonry cladding shall be designed for a maximum deflection of L /600.
35
d. Pre - manufactured building elements supporting out -of -plane lateral forces from
36
concrete or masonry cladding shall be designed for a maximum deflection of L/360.
37
4.
Metal wall panels (interior and exterior) shall not to be used as shear elements. Specify if
38
metal wall and girt assembly require specific deflection constraints
39
5.
Construct assembly to permit movement of components without buckling, failure of joint
40
seals, undue stress on fasteners or other detrimental effects, when subject to temperature
41
range of 100 degrees F (37 degrees C) in a 24 hour period.
42
6.
Design and fabricate wall and roof systems free of distortion or defects detrimental to
43
appearance or performance. Some oil canning in rolled panels especially in the flats of the
44
panel is normal and is not cause for rejection.
45
7.
Provide drainage to exterior for water entering or condensation occurring within wall or
46
roof system.
47
8.
Permit movement of components without buckling, failure of joint seals, undue stress on
48
fasteners or other detrimental effects, when subject to temperature range of 100 degrees
49
F.
50
9.
Size and fabricate roof systems free of distortion or defects detrimental to appearance or
51
performance.
52
10.
Roof Panels shall have uplift resistance conforming to UL 90.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 133419-2 PRE- ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING
SYSTEM
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 1.06 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
2
A.
Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week before starting work of this section.
3
1.07 SUBMITTALS
4
A.
See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
5
B.
Design Data: Provide detailed design criteria and calculations prepared and stamped by a
6
structural engineer licensed in the State of Washington.
7
C.
Certification: Manufacturer certification that the building conforms to the contract documents
8
and manufacturer's standard design procedures.
9
D.
Product Data: Provide data on profiles, component dimensions, fasteners.
10
E.
Shop Drawings: Indicate assembly dimensions, locations of structural members, connections;
11
wall and roof system dimensions, panel layout, general construction details, anchorages and
12
method of anchorage, and installation; framing anchor bolt settings, sizes, and locations from
13
datum, foundation loads; indicate welded connections with AWS A2.4 welding symbols;
14
indicate net weld lengths; provide professional seal and signature.
15
1. Anchor Bolt Installation Drawings: Layouts with minimum bolt diameters
16
F.
Samples: Submit two samples of precoated metal panels for each color selected, 6 x 6 inch in
17
size illustrating color and texture of finish.
18
G.
Certificates: Welder certifications.
19
1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE
20
A.
Design structural components, develop shop drawings, and perform shop and site work under
21
direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this Work.
22
1. Design Engineer Qualifications: Licensed in State of Washington.
23
2. Conform to applicable code for submission of design calculations as required for acquiring
24
permits.
25
3. Cooperate with regulatory agency or authority and provide data as requested.
26
4. Perform all required submittals to Mason County Department of Community Development
27
(building department) to acquire required permitting for building erection.
28
B.
Perform work in accordance with AISC 360 - Specification for Structural Steel Buildings.
29
C.
Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.1.
30
D.
Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in
31
this section with minimum ten years documented experience.
32
1. Member of the Metal Building Manufacturer's Association (MBMA).
33
2. Primary manufacturer of frames, secondary steel, roof and wall sheeting, and trim.
34
E.
Erector Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with
35
minimum ten years experience, plus the following:
36
1. Acceptable to or licensed by manufacturer.
37
2. Successfully completed not less than 5 comparable scale projects using this system.
38
1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
39 A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation.
40 B. Store and dispose of solvent -based materials, and materials used with solvent -based materials,
41 in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction.
42 1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS
43 A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits
44 recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under
45 environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits.
46 1.11 WARRANTY
47 A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 133419-3 PRE- ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING
SYSTEM
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
B.
No Dollar Limit (NDL) Material and Workmanship Warranty:
2
1. Warranty Period: 5 years, premium.
3
C.
No Dollar Limit (NDL) Weathertight Endorsement:
4
1. Warranty Period: 10 years.
5
D.
Structural NDL Endorsement:
6
1. Warranty Period: 10 years.
7
E.
Finish Warranty:
8
Basis of Design:
1. Finish coating shall not peel, blister, chip, crack or check in finish, and shall not chalk in
9
1. The specifications and standards provided in this part (Part 2) follow the specifications
excess of 8 numerical ratings when measured in accordance with ASTM D 4214.
10
issued by VP Buildings ( Varco Pruden). Other approved manufacturers shall meet or
2. Finish coating shall not change color or fade in excess of 5 NBS units as determined by
11
exceed these specifications or standards.
ASTM D 2244.
12
2. If other manufacturers require deviations or propose alternative materials or standards,
a. Panel finish: 25 years.
13
F.
Performance Warranty: Furnish written warranty, stating sheet metal roofing system and
14
No. 2) prior to submittal of a bid.
flashing (flashing under premium warranty only) under this Section will be maintained in
15
37
watertight condition and defects resulting from the following items will be corrected without cost
16
38
to Owner for a period of 10 or 20 years.
17
39
1. Faulty workmanship.
18
40
2. Defective materials including sealants and fasteners.
19
41
3. Water infiltration.
20
PART 2
PRODUCTS
21 2.01 MANUFACTURERS
22
A.
Metal Buildings:
23
1. Garco Building Systems: www.garcobuildings.com.
24
2. Nucor Building Systems: www.nucorbuildingsystems.com
25
3. VP Buildings: www.vp.com.
26
4. American Building: www.americanbuildings.com
27
5. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
28
2.02 PRE - ENGINEERED BUILDING SPECIFICATION AND STANDARDS
29
A.
Basis of Design:
30
1. The specifications and standards provided in this part (Part 2) follow the specifications
31
issued by VP Buildings ( Varco Pruden). Other approved manufacturers shall meet or
32
exceed these specifications or standards.
33
2. If other manufacturers require deviations or propose alternative materials or standards,
34
they are required to be approved by Design - Builder and Owner (Yelm Community Schools
35
No. 2) prior to submittal of a bid.
36
2.03 METAL BUILDING
37
A.
Single span rigid frame.
38
B.
Bay Spacings: Varies (as shown on design drawings).
39
C.
Primary Framing: Rigid frame of rafter beams and columns, canopy beams and end wall
40
columns, and wind bracing.
41
D.
Secondary Framing: Purlins, Girls, and Flange bracing, and other items detaile as required for
42
a complete building.
43
1. Girls: Zee- or Cee- shaped; depth as required, with minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi
44
(410 MPa); simple span or continuous span as required for design. G -30 galvanized
45
standard material with G -90 availability. Welded members are manufacturer's standard
46
primer.
47
E.
Roof System: Preformed metal panels oriented parallel to slope, with sub -girt
48
framing /anchorage assembly and liner panels, and accessory components.
2015 -20 /
Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 133419-4 PRE- ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING
SYSTEM
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 1. Roof Panels: SSR Standing Seam Roof Panels; 24 inches (610 mm) wide net coverage,
2 with 3 inches (75 mm) high major ribs formed at the panel side laps, formed for field
3 seaming using electrically operated seaming machine.
4 a. Side joints: Factory applied sealant for field seaming.
5 b. Material: Galvalume steel.
6 c. Thickness:
7 1) 22 gage (0.74 mm).
8 d. Standard Roof pitches ranges from 1/4 inch (6 mm): 12 up to 4 inches (102 mm): 12
9 e. Side laps: Two factory- formed interlocking ribs, with one weather sealed joint,
10 field- seamed into place to form a double -fold 360 degree seam.
11 f. Length: Continuous from eave to ridge up to 52 feet (15.9 m) in length.
12 g. End laps, where required: 4 inches (102 mm) wide, located at a support member.
13 h. Panel -to -roof purlin structural attachments: SSR clips with movable tabs which
14 interlock with seamed SSR panel ribs and provide for 1 -5/8 inches (41 mm) of panel
15 movement in either direction from center of clip to compensate for thermal effects.
16 i. Ridge assembly for high end of slopes: SSR Ridge; draw - formed aluminum seam
17 caps factory- attached to SSR ridge panels that are seamed together along the center
18 of the ridge, utilizing only one weather sealed joint and providing a true expansion
19 joint for panel movement.
20 j. Rake edge of roof shall be attached to the building structure in a manner which will
21 allow thermal expansion of the SSR roof panels along the gables and will provide the
22 uplift resistance required by code.
23 k. SSR roof will meet the requirements for UL Class 90 wind uplift and FM Class 1 -60,
24 1 -75, 1 -90 and 1 -120. Certification includes IAS.
25 I. The KXL paint system is a PVDF finish applied to the galvalume surface to give a
26 long life color that resists fading and chalking. KXL is a 1 mil nom. PVDF finish with
27 70 percent Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000 standard.
28 m. Exposed fasteners are stainless steel capped painted to match the selected color
29 from the VP color chart or special ordered if a special color roof is provided.
30 F. Roof Slope: See drawings.
31 2.04 MATERIALS
32 A. Framing:
33 1. Structural Steel Plate, Bar, Sheet, and Strip for Use in Bolted and Welded Constructions:
34 ASTM A 572/A 572M, A 529/A 529M, A 1011 or A 36/A 36M Modified 50, with minimum
35 yield strength of 55,000 psi (380 MPa).
36 2. Galvanized Structural Steel Material for Use in Roll Formed or Press Broken Secondary
37 Structural Members: ASTM A 563, with minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi (410 MPa).
38 3. Hot Rolled Steel Shapes: W, M and S shapes, angles, rods, channels and other shapes;
39 ASTM A 500, ASTM A 572/A 572M or ASTM A 36/A 36M as applicable; with minimum
40 yield strengths required for the design.
41 4. Structural Bolts and Nuts Used with Primary Framing: High strength, ASTM A 325 bolts
42 and ASTM A563 Grade C nuts.
43 5. Bolts and Nuts Used with Secondary Framing Members: High Strength ASTM A 325 Bolts
44 and ASTM A 563 Grade C nuts.
45 B. Welding Materials: Type required for materials being welded.
46 C. Primer: SSPC -Paint 20, zinc rich.
47 D. Grout: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Non - shrink type, premixed compound consisting of
48 non - metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents, capable of developing
49 minimum compressive strength of 2400 psi (17 MPa) in two days and 7000 psi (48 MPa) in 28
50 days.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 133419-5 PRE- ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING
SYSTEM
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 2.05 FABRICATION - FRAMING
2
A.
Fabricate members in accordance with AISC Specification for plate, bar, tube, or rolled
3
structural shapes.
4
1. Fabrication: Fabricate according to manufacturer's standard practice.
5
2. Fabricate structural members made of welded plate sections by jointing the flanges and
6
webs by continuous automatic submerged arc welding process.
7
3. Welding operators and processes: Qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1.
8
4. Field connections: Prepare members for bolted field connection by making punched,
9
drilled, or reamed holes in the shop.
10
B.
Component Identification: Mark all fabricated parts, either individually or by lot or group, using
11
an identification marking corresponding to the marking shown on the shop drawings, using a
12
method that remains visible after shop painting.
13
C.
Anchor Bolts: Formed with bent shank, assembled with template for casting into concrete.
14
2.06 FABRICATION - GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS
15
A.
Fabricate gutters of same material and finish as roofing metal.
16
B.
Form sections in maximum possible lengths. Hem exposed edges. Allow for expansion at
17
joints.
18
C.
Fabricate support straps of same material and finish as roofing metal, color as selected.
19
D.
Fabricate down spouts from 3 inch inside diameter schedule 40 PVC. Provide the required
20
fitting for a complete installation. See the drawings for down spout strap details.
21 2.07 FINISHES
22 A. Schedule of Finishes:
23 1. KXL Pre - Painted Finish: 1 mil (0.025 mm) 70 percent Kynar 500, Hylar 5000 coating on
24 exterior surface.
25 a. Exterior finish:
26 1) Color: Cool Colonial Red.
27 b. Interior Finish:
28 1) Color: Off white 0.5 mil (0.01 mm) washcoat.
29 B. Framing Members: Clean, prepare, and prime to SSPC Manual requirements. Do not prime
30 surfaces to be field welded.
31 1. Shop Coat: Manufacturer's standard rust inhibitive primer paint; manufacturer's standard
32 color.
33 a. Finish all structural steel members using one coat of manufacturer's standard shop
34 coat, after cleaning of oil, dirt, loose scale and foreign matter.
35 b. The erector shall be responsible for field touch -up painting that may be required; and
36 for any protection that may be necessary to avoid deterioration of the shop coat.
37 c. Shop coat shall match manufacturer's a rust inhibitive coating.
38 PART 3 EXECUTION
39 3.01 EXAMINATION
40 A. Verify that foundation, floor slab, mechanical and electrical utilities, and placed anchors are in
41 correct position
42 1. Verification of Conditions: Examine areas and conditions under which work is to be
43 performed and identify conditions detrimental to proper and or timely completion.
44 a. Verify foundations are properly installed, to correct dimensions and within acceptable
45 tolerances.
46 b. Verify location of covered or built -in work.
47 c. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 133419-6 PRE- ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING
SYSTEM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
3.02
PREPARATION
A.
Framing Erection: Erect framing in compliance with AISC Specification and the latest edition of
the MBMA metal building systems manual.
B.
Provide for erection and wind loads. Provide temporary bracing to maintain structure plumb and
in alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. Locate braced
bays as required by manufacturer.
3.03
ERECTION -FRAMING
A.
Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B.
Erect framing in accordance with AISC 360 - Specification for Structural Steel Buildings.
C.
Provide for erection and wind loads. Provide temporary bracing to maintain structure plumb and
in alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing.
D.
Set column base plates with non - shrink grout to achieve full plate bearing.
E.
Do not field cut or alter structural members without written approval.
F.
After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed.
3.04
ERECTION - ROOF PANELS
A.
Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B.
Exercise care when cutting prefinished material to ensure cuttings do not remain on finish
surface.
C.
Fasten cladding system to structural supports, aligned level and plumb.
D.
Locate end laps over supports. End laps minimum 2 inches (50 mm). Place side laps over
bearing.
E.
Provide expansion joints where indicated.
F.
Use concealed fasteners.
G.
Install sealant and gaskets to prevent weather penetration.
H.
Install system free of rattles, noise due to thermal movement, and wind whistles.
I.
Seal roof accessories watertight and weathertight with sealant in compliance with building
manufacturer's standard procedures.
3.05
ERECTION - GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS
A.
Rigidly support and secure components. Join lengths with formed seams sealed watertight.
Flash and seal gutters to downspouts.
B.
Apply bituminous paint on surfaces in contact with cementitious materials.
C.
Connect downspouts to storm sewer system.
3.06
TOLERANCES
A.
Framing Members: 1/4 inch (6 mm) from level; 1/8 inch (3 mm) from plumb.
B.
Siding and Roofing: 1/8 inch (3 mm) from true position.
END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 133419-7 PRE- ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING
SYSTEM
YELM COMMUNITY SCHOOLS NO. 2
MILL POND ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PLAY SHED
BCE PROJECT NO. 215 - 141.00
JUNE 15, 2015
Notice:
TACOMA OFFICE
6021 121h Street East, Suite 200
Tacoma, WA 98424
Phone (253) 922-0446
Fax (253) 922-0896
The following list of specifications and drawings represents those documents that were prepared under
the provisions of the Revised Code of Washington RCW 18.43, by BCE Engineers, Inc. of Tacoma,
Washington. The sealing of this specification and drawings list is provided in accordance with
Washington Administrative Code WAC196 -23 -020.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION DESCRIPTION
DIVISION 26 — ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
260000
ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
260005
ELECTRICAL - EXISTING SYSTEMS
260010
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ELECTRICAL
UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
260519
WIRES AND CABLES
260526
GROUNDING AND BONDING
260532
OUTLET AND PULL BOXES
260533
RACEWAY
262416
PANELBOARDS
262726
SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES
265000
LIGHTING
END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
NO. OF PAGES
4
3
1
2
3
3
1
3
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed TOC - 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 SECTION 26 0000
2 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
3 PART1 GENERAL
4 1.01 GENERAL
5 A. Conform to the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and related work in other
6 Divisions for all work in Division 26. See Division 1 for sequence of work.
7 1.02 WORK INCLUDED
8 A. It is the intention of this division of the specifications and the accompanying drawings to
9 describe and provide for the furnishing, installing, testing and placing in satisfactory and
10 successful operation all equipment, materials, devices and necessary appurtenances to provide
11 a complete electrical system, together with such other miscellaneous installations and
12 equipment hereinafter specified and /or shown in the plans. The work shall include all materials,
13 appliances and apparatus not specifically mentioned herein or noted on the plans, but which are
14 necessary to make a complete working installation of all electrical systems shown on the plans
15 or described herein. Equipment and devices furnished and installed under other divisions of this
16 specification (or by the Owner) shall be connected under this division. The drawings and
17 specifications are complementary and what is called for in either is binding as if called for in
18 both.
19 B. By submitting a bid, the Contractor is acknowledging that he has made a thorough examination
20 of the Contract Documents, existing site and building conditions, and has determined that these
21 documents do sufficiently describe the scope of construction work required under this Contract.
22 1.03 SCOPE OF BASIC BID
23 A. Included in Division 26 work is all work and related items necessary to provide all electrical
24 installations except as specifically excluded. In general, this includes all labor, equipment, tools,
25 etc., to complete the electrical work.
26 1.04 STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS
27 A. The work shall comply with the latest edition of the applicable Standards and Codes of the
28 following:
29 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
30 NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters
31 NEC National Electrical Code
32 - -- State Electrical Code
33 NESC National Electrical Safety Code
34 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
35 NFPA National Fire Protection Association
36 U. L. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
37 IPCEA Insulated Power Cable Engineers Associated
38 CBM Certified Ballasts Manufacturers
39 - -- Federal, State and Local Building Codes
40 ETL Electrical Testing Laboratories
41 B. If any conflict occurs between Government adopted Code Rules and this specification, the
42 codes are to govern. Nothing in these drawings and specifications shall be construed to permit
43 work not conforming to governing codes. Also, this shall not be construed as relieving the
44 Contractor from complying with any requirements of the plans and specifications which may be
45 in excess of, but not in conflict with, requirements of the Governing Codes.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260000-1 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
i�901i »0ky,I III &'WAIIIJ =1*?
2
A.
The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all licenses, permits and inspections required by laws,
3
ordinances and rules governing work specified herein. The Contractor shall arrange for
4
inspection of work by the inspectors and shall give the inspectors all necessary assistance in
5
their work of inspection.
6
B.
The Contractor shall consult with and follow the requirements of the local fire, power, telephone,
7
and television utilities serving the area and shall coordinate his work with them.
8
C.
Utility connection and hook -up charges for power shall be paid by the Owner directly to the
9
utility. The Electrical Contractor is required to provide any and all coordination necessary to
10
support the utility connection, file for application of service (or assist the Owner in filing for
11
application of service) and coordinate dates for service with the utilities.
12
1.06 DEFINITIONS
13
A.
When "Provide" is used, it shall be interpreted as "furnishing and installing complete in operating
14
condition ".
15
B.
When "Drawings" is used, it shall be interpreted as "all Contract Drawings for all Disciplines ".
16
C.
When "Contractors" is used, it shall be interpreted as the Electrical Contractor.
17
1.07 INTENT OF DRAWINGS
18
A.
The electrical drawings are intended to serve as working drawings for general layout. The
19
equipment layout is diagrammatic and unless specifically dimensioned or detailed, does not
20
indicate all fittings, hardware or appurtenances required for a complete operating installation.
21
B.
Anything shown on the drawings but not covered in the specifications, or anything covered in
22
the specifications but not shown on the drawings, shall be as if covered in both. In case of
23
conflict between the drawings and specifications, the Engineer will select the method to be
24
used. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all measurements before proceeding with
25
the work.
26
C.
Wiring diagrams are not intended to indicate the exact course of raceways or exact location of
27
outlets. Raceway and outlet locations are approximately correct and are subject to revision as
28
may be necessary or desirable at the time of installation. Precise location in every case shall be
29
subject to the Engineer's approval.
30
1.08 PROTECTION
31
A.
The Contractor shall store and guard all equipment before installation and shall protect same,
32
and replace any equipment that has been damaged prior to final acceptance. See Section 01
33
6000 for detailed requirements.
34
1.09 HOUSEKEEPING
35
A.
All electrical materials shall be kept stored in an orderly fashion protected from heat, cold, and
36
the weather.
37
B.
All marred surfaces shall be refinished and painted after installation.
38
C.
All debris shall be removed from premises during work, as directed, and at completion of job.
39
1.10 TEMPORARY USE
40
A.
Temporary or interim use of any and all portions of the electrical system shall be under the
41
supervision of the Electrical Contractor.
42
B.
Temporary power and lighting for use during construction shall be provided per the
43
requirements of the Division 1 specifications.
2015 -20 /
Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260000-2 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
i KII_FIM= iI1INi11:L \V011►R
2
A.
The Contractor shall maintain, in addition to any reference drawings, an as -built set of prints, on
3
which all deviations from the original design shall be drafted in a neat, legible manner with red
4
colored pencil. This red lined set shall identify all drawing revisions including addenda items,
5
change orders, and Contractor revisions. The Contractor is responsible to revise panel
6
schedules and load calculations as required.
7
B.
Drawings shall show locations of all concealed raceway runs larger than 1 ", giving the number
8
of conductors and size of raceway. Underground ducts shall be shown with cross section
9
elevations. All pipe, raceway, manholes or lines of other trades shall be included.
10
C.
The Contractor shall update all references to specific products to indicate products actually
11
installed on project. This shall include, but not be limited to, lighting fixtures, baseboard heaters,
12
etc.
13
D.
Upon completion of the Division 26 Work, the Contractor shall deliver the red lined drawings and
14
one set of neatly drafted as -built drawings to the Engineer for transmittal through the Engineer
15
to the Owner.
16
1.12 WARRANTY
17
A.
Provide a written warranty that the Division 26 work is free from mechanical and electrical
18
defects. Contractor shall replace and repair, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, any parts of the
19
installation which may fail within a period of 12 months after the certificate of final acceptance,
20
provided that such failure is due to defects in material or workmanship, or failure to follow the
21
specifications and drawings.
22
1.13 INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUALS
23
A.
Operation and maintenance data shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 7800.
24
B.
Manuals shall contain shop drawings, wiring diagrams, operating and maintenance instructions,
25
replacement parts lists, and equipment nameplate data for all equipment and systems installed
26
under the project. Signal equipment submittals shall contain step -by -step circuit description
27
information designed to acquaint maintenance personnel with equipment operation in each
28
mode of operation. Manuals shall contain original brochures supplied by manufacturers. Xerox
29
copies of originals will not be accepted.
30
C.
Each type of device provided shall be identified in the O & M Manual using the same
31
identification as shown on the drawings and specifications. The information included must be
32
the exact equipment installed not the complete "line" of the Manufacturer. Where sheets show
33
the equipment installed and other equipment, the installed equipment shall be neatly and clearly
34
identified on such sheets. Parts lists shall give full ordering information assigned by the original
35
parts manufacturer. Relabeled and /or renumbered parts information as reassigned by
36
equipment supplier is not acceptable. The following information shall be provided for each
37
device:
38
1. Manufacturer's name, address and phone number.
39
2. Local supplier's name, address and phone number.
40
3. Complete parts lists including quantities and manufacturer's part numbers.
41
4. Installation instructions.
42
5. Recommended maintenance items including maintenance procedure and recommended
43
interval of maintenance listed in hours of operation, calendar unity or other similar time unit.
44
D.
The O & M Manual shall be assembled as detailed in Section 01700. As a minimum, the
45
following sections shall be broken out:
46
1. Light Fixtures
47
2. Lamps and Ballasts - referenced to each fixture type
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260000-3 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 3. Panelboards
2 E. Wiring Diagrams for each system shall be complete for the specific system installed under the
3 Contract. "Typical" Line Diagrams will not be acceptable unless properly marked to indicate the
4 exact field installation.
5 1.14 WORK NOT INCLUDED
6 A. Indicated motors, controls, and equipment as described in other divisions shall be furnished by
7 other trades, but shall be moved, set and wired to electrical controls and power supply by the
8 Electrical Contractor.
9 B. Work to be included under this Contract shall be defined on drawings and in these
10 specifications. Any details beyond these limits are meant only to give installation clarity to that
11 portion which is a part of this Contract.
12 1.15 COMPLETION OF WORK
13 A. Upon completion of the Division 26 work, the Contractor shall comply with requirements of
14 Section 01700 for project closeout.
15 B. Arrange for and obtain all required inspections and certificates pertaining to the Division 26 work
16 and deliver the certificates to the Engineer in triplicate.
17 C. Prior to or at the time of final inspection, the Contractor shall, as outlined in detail in the
18 specifications, complete the delivery of all the following items:
19 1. Completion Letter
20 2. Certificate of Final Inspection, in triplicate form.
Electrical Inspector
3. Warranty to Owner (with copy for Engineer)
4. Marked Set of "As- Built" Electrical Drawings
5. Phase Current Readings
6. OHMIC Test Readings
7. Panelboard and Special Equipment Shop Drawings and Final
Approved List of Materials Installed
8. Certified of Feeders Torque Results
21 1.16 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS
22 A. This Contractor shall submit to the Architect as described in Section 01 6000. When shop
23 drawings are submitted electronically, they shall be submitted as described in Paragraph B
24 below.
25 1. Manufacturer's Catalog Data.
26 2. Complete Physical and Technical Data.
27 3. Wiring Diagrams.
28 4. Detailed Reference (written or highlighted) noting compliance with the appropriate
29 specification section and applicable item numbers within that section.
30 5. Other Descriptive Data as required by the Architect/ Engineer.
31 B. The Contractor shall submit to the Architect electronic shop drawings in PDF format.
32 C. Shop drawings shall be submitted complete, at one time and each item indexed with dividers
33 and separated per specification section and shall be, but not limited to the items of equipment
34 listed below:
35 1. All panelboards, showing breaker arrangement with circuit numbers, relays, and panel
36 skirts.
37 2. Lighting Fixtures (Complete)
38 3. Lighting Fixture Lamps and Ballasts referenced to fixture types
39 4. Wiring Devices
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260000-4 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 5. Back Boxes
2 6. Coverplates
3 7. Raceways and Connectors
4 8. Copper Wire
5 9. Aluminum Wire
6 10. Any other items requested by Engineer.
7 D. Within 10 working days after the date of the letter rejecting any items of equipment, lighting
8 fixtures, or materials as not in accordance with the specifications, Contractor shall submit a new
9 list of items he proposes to furnish and install in place of those items rejected. If the Contractor
10 fails to submit this new list within the above specified time, or if any items on this second list are
11 rejected as not being in accordance with these specifications, the Engineer may select the items
12 which the Contractor shall furnish and install without change in Contract price or time of
13 completion.
14 E. The acceptance of a manufacturer's name or product by the Engineer does not relieve the
15 Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and equipment which comply in all details
16 with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be solely responsible
17 for submitting materials at such a time to allow a minimum of two weeks for Engineer's review.
18 1.17 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
19 A. Provide Schedule of Values per Division 1 and related project requirements
20 B. Division 26 Breakdown: Provide schedule of values for the following categories (as a
21 minimum):
22 1. Electrical General Project Management, General Design, General Coordination,
23 Mobilization, Submittals
24 2. Branch Circuit Materials Rough -in
25 3. Branch Circuit Materials Rough in — Labor
26 4. Circuit Trim
27 5. Service and Feeder Materials
28 6. Service and Feeder Materials — Labor
29 7. Light Fixtures
30 8. Light Fixtures - Labor
31 9. Electrical Punchlist, Closeout, and Owner Training
32 C. The dollar value for "Electrical Punchlist, Closeout, and Owner Training" shall in no case be less
33 than 2% of the total dollar value of the Division 26 work (or as indicated in Division 1, whichever
34 is higher).
35 D. The Contractor is advised that in addition to payments held out for retainage and project final
36 completion (i.e. "Electrical Punchlist, Closeout, and Owner Training "), as specified above and in
37 Division 1, the Owner reserves the right to withhold 10% of the funds for any of the above
38 categories until the systems (of that category) have been proven to operate as specified and
39 have been completely tested and adjusted.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260000-5 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 PART 2 PRODUCTS
2 2.01 COMPETITIVE PRODUCTS
3
A.
Any reference in the specifications to any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type
4
of construction by name, make or catalog number shall be interpreted as establishing a
5
standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition. The Contractor, in such
6
cases, may at his option use any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of
7
construction which in the judgment of the Engineer, expressed in writing, is equal to that
8
specified. However, any manufacturer not listed as an accepted Bidder for a specific item must
9
be submitted for acceptance in writing in accordance with Section 01600.
10
2.02 MANUFACTURER /EQUIPMENT PRIOR APPROVALS
11
A.
Any manufacturer /equipment not listed as an approved substitute for a specified item must be
12
submitted for acceptance in accordance with Section 01600, in writing, with detailed information
13
to include:
14
1. Manufacturer's Catalog Data
15
2. Complete Physical and Technical Data
16
3. Wiring Diagrams
17
4. Detailed reference (written or highlighted) noting compliance with the appropriate
18
Specification Section and all applicable Specification item numbers within that Section
19
5. Complete type written index cross referencing all proposed substitutes and specified items
20
6. Detailed reference to specified items (written or highlighted) noting equal quality and
21
performance of proposed substitute equipment
22
7. Other descriptive data, as required by the Engineer
23
B.
If substitute material is determined to be acceptable by the Engineer, it will be included in a
24
subsequent Addenda prior to bidding. The acceptance of a manufacturer's name or product by
25
the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and
26
equipment which comply in all details with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
27
C.
Only materials which are specified or published in addenda as acceptable shall be used.
28
2.03 MATERIALS
29
A.
All materials must be of the quality herein specified. All materials shall be new, of the best
30
quality and free from defects. They shall be designed to ensure satisfactory operation and
31
operational life in the environmental conditions which will prevail where they are being installed.
32
B.
Each type of material shall be of the same make and quality. The materials furnished shall be
33
standard products of the manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such equipment
34
and shall be the manufacturer's latest standard design.
35
C.
All materials shall be U.L. or E.T.L. listed for the purpose for which they are used.
36
D.
Equipment in compliance with U.L. standards but not bearing their label is not acceptable. If the
37
manufacturer cannot arrange for labeling of an assembled unit at the factory the unit shall be
38
field evaluated per the Washington State Administrative Code (WAC) and the electrical
39
inspector's requirements.
40
2.04 COMPLETE SYSTEM
41
A.
All the systems mentioned shall be complete and operational in every detail except where
42
specifically noted otherwise. Mention of certain materials in these specifications shall not be
43
construed as releasing the Contractor from furnishing such additional materials and performing
44
all labor required to provide a complete and operable system.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260000-6 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 2.05 NAMEPLATES
2 A. Provide nameplates constructed of plastic (black on white) laminated material engraved through
3 black surface material to white sublayer (attach with screws on NEMA 1 enclosures).
4 1. Panelboard Labels: Refer to Section 26 2416
5 PART 3 EXECUTION
6 3.01 GENERAL
7
A.
Careful consideration shall be given to clearances under and over beams, pipes and ducts, to
8
provide proper headroom in all cases. Check drawings to determine heights of all suspended
9
ceilings and size of pipe shafts where raceway and wire -ways shall run. Coordinate installation
10
of Division 26 wiring and equipment with Division 23 and other trades. Where insufficient room
11
for proper installation appears, obtain clarification from Engineer before any installation is
12
begun.
13
B.
Cutting and Patching:
14
1. Obtain permission from the Architect and /or Owner's Representative prior to cutting.
15
Locate cuttings so they will not weaken structural components. Cut carefully and only the
16
minimum amount necessary. Cut concrete with diamond core drills except where space
17
limitations prevent the use of such drills.
18
2. All construction materials damaged or cut into during the installation of this work must be
19
repaired or replaced with materials of like kind and quality as original materials by skilled
20
labor experienced in that particular building trade.
21
3.02 COORDINATION
22
A.
The Contractor is responsible for accomplishing Division 26. The work shall coordinate with that
23
of the other Contractors and /or other trades doing work in the building and shall examine all
24
Drawings, including the several Divisions of Mechanical, Structural, Civil and Architectural, for
25
Construction Details and necessary coordination. Specific locations of construction features
26
and equipment shall be obtained from the Contract Documents, field measurements, and /or
27
from the trade providing the material or equipment. No extra costs will be allowed for failure to
28
obtain this information.
29
B.
The Contractor will not be paid for work requiring reinstallation due to lack of coordination or
30
interference with other Contractors or trades. This includes, but is not limited to, removing,
31
replacing, relocating, cutting, patching, and finishing.
32
3.03 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFI)
33
A.
It is our intent to provide a timely response for RFIs regarding Division 26 Work. To further
34
expedite this process, where a suggestion can be determined or derived at by the initiator of the
35
RFI, it is required this suggestion be supplied with the submitted RFI. If no suggestion is given
36
where one is possible, the RFI will be returned as incomplete.
37
3.04 CLEANING AND PAINTING
38
A.
All equipment, whether exposed to the weather or stored indoors shall be covered to protect it
39
from water, dust and dirt.
40
B.
After installing, all metal finishes shall be cleaned and polished, cleaned of all dirt, rust, cement,
41
plaster, grease and paint.
42
C.
All equipment with a primer coat of paint shall be given two (2) or more coats of a finish enamel
43
and scratched surfaces be refinished to look like new. Markings, identification and nameplates
44
shall be replaced.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260000-7 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 3.05 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
2 A. Provide identifying engraved bakelite nameplate on all equipment, including pull boxes, to
3 clearly indicate its use, area served, circuit identification, voltage, and any other useful data.
4 B. Each auxiliary system, including communications, shall be clearly labeled to indicate its function.
5 3.06 DEVIATION
6 A. Deviation from the shop drawings in construction or installation of equipment shall not be made
7 unless Shop Drawings showing proposed deviations are submitted to and approved by the
8 Engineer. If any equipment is furnished under this or other divisions with current, voltage or
9 phase ratings that differ from those shown on the drawings, the Contractor shall notify the
10 Engineer in writing immediately and shall not connect said equipment until instructed as to
11 required changes by the Architect. No extension of time will be granted as a result of such
12 changes.
13 3.07 EXCAVATIONS
14 A. All excavations are to be so conducted so that no walls or footings shall be disturbed in any
15 way.
16 B. Remove all surplus earth not needed for backfilling and dispose of same as directed.
17 3.08 PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED ELEMENTS
18 A. Must be made such as to retain that rating.
19 3.09 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
20 A. Provide hangers, brackets, and suspension rods and supplementary steel to support equipment
21 B. Hangers provided under other divisions shall not be used for support of Division 26 equipment
22 unless permitted by Architect /Engineer.
23 3.10 PAINTING
24 A. Painting in general will be covered under another division of this specification, except items
25 furnished under Division 26 that are scratched, marred in shipment or installation, shall be
26 refinished by the Division 26 Contractor.
27 3.11 WORKMANSHIP AND OBSERVATION
28 A. Workmanship shall be of the best quality and none but competent workers shall be employed
29 under the supervision of a competent foreman. All completed work shall represent a neat and
30 workmanship like appearance.
31 B. All work and materials shall be subject to observation at any and all times by representatives of
32 the Engineer.
33 3.12 MISCELLANEOUS
34 A. Provide complete seismic anchorage and bracing for the lateral and vertical support of conduit
35 and electrical equipment, as required by the International Building Code.
36 B. Conduits that cross seismic separations shall be installed with flexible connection suitable to
37 accommodate conditions. Secure raceways on each side of a separation and provide a
38 minimum of 36" length of flexible conduit to span separation.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260000-8 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
3.13 CABLE AND WIRING ROUTED UNDERGROUND OR UNDERSLAB
2 A. All cables and conductors, both line voltage and low voltage, routed underground or underslab
3 shall be U.L. listed for installation in wet locations per NEC and WAC codes.
4 END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260000-9 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 SECTION 26 0005
2 ELECTRICAL — EXISTING SYSTEMS
3 PART1 GENERAL
4 1.01 WORK INCLUDED
5 A. Portions of the existing electrical lighting, power and signal systems are to be removed as
6 detailed on the drawings.
7 PART 2 PRODUCTS
8 2.01 EXISTING MATERIALS
9 A. Existing materials which are a part of the building shall remain the property of the Owner.
10 2.02 EXISTING MATERIALS RE- INSTALLED
11 A. Existing materials and equipment that are removed as a part of the work or stored in surplus
12 may be re- installed as a part of the new system subject to approval of condition suitability by the
13 Architect/Engineer. The requirements of the specifications (i.e. installation, warranty, testing,
14 etc.) shall apply as if the materials were new, supplied by the Contractor.
15 2.03 EXISTING MATERIALS NOT TO BE RE- INSTALLED
16 A. In coordination with the Architect /Engineer, these materials shall be made available for his
17 inspection and decision as to whether the Owner will retain possession. Items selected for
18 retention shall be delivered to a location on the premises selected by the Owner and turned over
19 to him. Take reasonable care to avoid damage to this material. If the Contractor fails to
20 conform to this requirement, he shall purchase and turn over to the Owner replacement
21 materials of like kind and quality.
22 B. All material not selected for retention by the Owner and debris shall be disposed of by the
23 Contractor.
24 PART 3 EXECUTION
25 3.01 EXISTING CONDITIONS
26 A. Examine the structure, building, and conditions under which Division 26 work is to be installed
27 for conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with
28 work until deficiencies encountered in installation have been corrected. Report any delay or
29 difficulties encountered in installation of Division 26 work which might be unsuitable to connect
30 with work by other divisions of this specification. Failure to report conditions shall constitute
31 acceptance of other work as being fit and proper for the installation of Division 26 work.
32 B. Maintain continuity of existing circuits of equipment to remain. Existing circuits of equipment
33 shall remain energized. Circuits which are to remain but were disturbed during demolition shall
34 have circuits, wiring, and power restored back to original condition.
35 3.02 DEMOLITION
36 A. Switchboards, panelboards, signaling systems, other electrical equipment free standing (or
37 surface mounted), raceway (exposed) and conductors no longer in service as a result of this
38 Contract shall be removed. Unused raceways or sleeves shall be cut flush at ceiling, floor or
39 wall and filled with grout.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260005-1 ELECTRICAL — EXISTING SYSTEMS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 3.03 EXISTING PANELBOARD
2 A. Any modifications made to existing panels must be incorporated into the existing circuit index on
3 the panel. If more than three circuits are modified a new typewritten index incorporating the
4 changes to the existing index shall be installed in the existing panel.
5 B. Listing shall match circuit breaker arrangements, typically with odd numbers on the left and
6 even numbers on the right. Room numbers used shall be final room numbers used in the
7 building as verified with the Owner.
8 END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260005-2 ELECTRICAL — EXISTING SYSTEMS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
B. American Society of Testing and materials (ASTM) publications:
SECTION 26 0010
2
Particle Size Analysis of Soils.
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ELECTRICAL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
3
PART1
GENERAL
4
1.01 GENERAL INCLUDES
5
A.
Excavation and Associated Grading.
6
B.
Trenching and Trench Protection.
7
C.
Backfilling and Compaction.
8
D.
Verification of Existing Utilities.
9
E.
Protection of Utilities.
10
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
11
A.
Section 26 0533 - Raceways
12
B.
Section 26 5000 - Lighting
13
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
14
A.
Inspection of Job Conditions: Prior to starting work and during work, the installer shall examine
15
the work by others, site and job conditions under which excavation, trenching, and backfilling for
16
underground utilities work will be performed, and notify the General Contractor in writing of
17
unsatisfactory conditions or work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have
18
been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer.
19
B.
Codes and Standards: Comply with requirements of the following codes and standards (Latest
20
Edition) except as modified herein:
21
1. International Conference of Building Officials, "International Building Code ".
22
2. Local requirements for all utility work.
23
3. OSHA and WISHA regulations.
24
4. APWA Standard Specifications.
25
5. National Electrical Code — NFPA 70.
26
1.04 RESPONSIBILITY
27 A. The Contractor is solely responsible for compliance with the requirements of the drawings,
28 specifications, local codes and standards, proper construction coordination with work of other
29 trades, and protection and worker's safety. Contractor shall advise Engineer of any discrepancy
30 in, or disagreement with the specifications and /or drawings prior to starting work and not
31 proceed until issue is resolved. Commencement of work shall indicate Contractor's
32 acknowledgement of his expertise in this type of work. Any delay resulting from failure to
33 comply with this procedure will not be basis for an extension of the completion date.
34 1.05 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS
35 A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced
36
B. American Society of Testing and materials (ASTM) publications:
37
D 422 -63
Particle Size Analysis of Soils.
38
D 423 -66
Liquid Limit of Soils.
39
D 424 -59
Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils.
40
D 1557 -78
Moisture Density Relations of Soils using a 10 lb. (4.54kg) Rammer and
41
18 inch (457 mm) Drop.
42
D 2167 -66
Density of Soil In -Place by the Rubber Balloon Method.
43
D 2217 -66
Wet preparation of Soil Samples for Particle -Size Analysis and
44
Determination of Soil Contents.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260010-1 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR
ELECTRCIAL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 D 2487 -69 Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes.
2 D 2922 -81 Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate In Place by Nuclear
3 Methods (Shallow Depth).
4 E 548 -79 Generic Criteria for Use in the Evaluation of Testing and Inspection
5 Agencies.
6 PART 2 MATERIALS
7 2.01 SATISFACTORY MATERIALS
8 A. Materials classified as ASTM D2487, Unified Soil Classification System as SW, SP, GW, and
9 GP are satisfactory for backfill use. Materials classified as SP -SM, GP -GM, GM, GC and ML
10 are also satisfactory for backfill use provided that they contain moisture contents suitable for the
11 intended use and are reasonably free of organic matter. Native material, not considered
12 unsatisfactory as specified below, may comply. Except that no material shall have any object
13 with a dimension exceeding 2 inches and no object shall be sharply angular.
14 2.02 UNSATISFACTORY MATERIALS
15 A. Materials classified in ASTM D2487, Unified Soil Classification System as PT, OH, and OL are
16 unsatisfactory. Unsatisfactory materials also include man -made fills, refuse and all materials
17 containing excessive organic matter or having moisture contents which are not suitable for the
18 intended use, or having objects with dimensions exceeding 2 inches (boulders, etc.).
19 2.03 UNSTABLE MATERIAL
20 A. Unstable material shall consist of material too wet to properly support the utility conduit or
21 appurtenance structure, and material identified as unsuitable in the National Electrical Code
22 300 -5(F).
23 2.04 GRAVELLY SAND BORROW MATERIAL
24 A. Gravelly sand borrow material to provide backfill, or replace unsuitable soil, shall meet the
25 requirements of SW, SP, GW, and GP materials, except that the maximum percentage passing
26 the No. 200 sieve shall not exceed 5% based on the soil fraction passing the U.S. No. 4 sieve,
27 and not contain discrete particles greater than 2 inches in diameter.
28 2.05 DEGREE OF COMPACTION
29 A. Degree of compaction shall be expressed as a percentage of the maximum density obtained by
30 the test procedure presented in ASTM D1557, Method D. Minimum compaction requirements
31 shall be as specified in PART 3.
32 2.06 DRAINAGE GRAVEL
33 A. Shall be 3/4 inch washed gravel with no more than 2% passing 1/2 inch sieve opening.
34 2.07 SPECIAL BEDDING AND INITIAL BACKFILL MATERIAL
35 A. Minus 3/8 inch washed pea gravel.
36 PART 3 EXECUTION
37 3.01 EXCAVATION
38 A. If workers enter any trench or other excavation four or more feet in depth that does not meet the
39 open pit requirements of WSDOT Section 2.09.3(3)B, it shall be shored and cribbed. The
40 Contractor alone shall be responsible for worker safety. All trench safety systems shall meet
41 the requirements of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act, Chapter 49.17 RCW.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260010-2 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR
ELECTRCIAL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
B.
Excavation of every description and of whatever substances encountered shall be performed to
2
allow the installation of all utilities at the lines and grades as required. During excavation,
3
material satisfactory for backfilling shall be stockpiled in an orderly manner at a distance from
4
the banks of the trench sufficient to avoid overloading and to prevent slides or cave -ins.
5
Adequate drainage shall be provided for the stockpiles and surrounding areas by means of
6
ditches, dikes, or other approved methods. The stockpiles shall also be protected from
7
contamination with unsatisfactory excavated material or other material that may destroy the
8
quality and fitness of the suitable stockpiled material.
9
C.
If the Contractor fails to protect the stockpiles and any material becomes unsatisfactory as a
10
result, such material shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory on -site or imported
11
material from approved sources at no additional cost to the Owner.
12
D.
Excavated material not required or not satisfactory for backfill shall be removed from the site
13
and shall be disposed of off site, at the Contractor's expense, at the Contractor's waste area.
14
Any excess satisfactory excavated materials shall not be mixed with unsatisfactory materials.
15
Unsatisfactory materials shall not cover available suitable materials, or be disposed of in such a
16
manner as to interfere with subsequent borrow operations.
17
E.
Grading shall be done as may be necessary to prevent surface water from flowing into the
18
excavation, and any water accumulating therein shall be removed so that the stability of the
19
bottom and sides of the excavation is maintained. Unauthorized over - excavation shall be
20
backfilled in accordance with paragraph 3.05 BACKFILLIING at no additional cost to the Owner.
21
F.
The Contractor shall provide dewatering as required for installation of underground work.
22
3.02 TRENCH EXCAVATION
23
A.
The trench excavation shall meet the requirements of the National Electrical Code and local
24
utility standards.
25
B.
Bottom Preparation: The bottoms of trenches shall be accurately graded to provide uniform
26
bearing and support for the bottom quadrant of each section of the conduit and for bedding.
27
Stones of 2 inches or greater in any dimension, or as recommended by the conduit
28
manufacturer, whichever is smaller, shall be removed to avoid point bearing.
29 C. Removal of Unsuitable Material: Where unsuitable material is encountered in the bottom of the
30 trench, such material shall be removed to the depth directed and replaced to the proper grade
31 with select granular material as provided in paragraph 3.05 BACKFILLING. When removal of
32 unsuitable material is required due to the fault or neglect of the Contractor in his performance of
33 the work, the resulting material shall be excavated and replaced by the Contractor without
34 additional cost to the Owner.
35 D. Bedding: The bedding surface for the conduit shall provide a firm foundation of uniform density
36 throughout the entire length of the conduit. The conduit shall be bedded carefully in a soil
37 foundation accurately shaped and rounded to conform to the lowest one - fourth of the outside
38 portion of circular conduit or to the lower curved portion of conduit arch for the entire length of
39 pipe or arch. When necessary, the bedding shall be taped. Provide bedding using pea gravel
40 where noted on the drawings.
41 3.03 EXCAVATION FOR APPURTENANCES
42 A. Excavation for manholes, handholes or similar structures below grade shall be sufficient to
43 leave at least 12 inches clear between the outer structure surfaces and the face of the
44 excavation or support members. When concrete or masonry is to be placed in an excavated
45 area, special care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of the excavation. Excavation to the
46 final grade level shall not be made until just before the concrete or masonry is to be placed.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260010-3 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR
ELECTRCIAL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 3.04 JACKING, BORING, AND TUNNELING
2 A. Unless otherwise indicated, excavation shall be by open cut, except that sections of a trench
3 may be jacked, bored, or tunneled if the raceway, cable or duct can be safely and properly
4 installed and backfill can be properly tamped in such sections.
5 3.05 BACKFILLING
6 A. Backfill material shall be compacted to 6" layers and as specified in Paragraph 3.06-
7 Compaction.
8 1. Trench Backfill: Trenches shall be backfilled to finish grade.
9 2. Replacement of Unstable Material: Unstable material removed from the bottom of the
10 trench of excavation shall be replaced with select granular material or gravel borrow placed
11 in layers not exceeding 6 inches loose thickness.
12 3. Bedding and Initial Backfill: Bedding shall consist of satisfactory materials. Initial backfill
13 shall be in 6 inch lift.
14 3.06 COMPACTION
15 A. Each layer of fill, or the excavated subgrade, shall be compacted to at least 95 %, per ASTM
16 D1557, of laboratory maximum density. Compaction shall be accomplished by approved
17 tamping rollers, pneumatic -tired rollers, three -wheel power rollers, or other approved
18 compaction equipment.
19 3.07 PROTECTION
20 A. Newly graded excavated or bedded areas shall be protected from traffic and from erosion, and
21 any settlement or washing away that may occur from any cause, prior to acceptance, shall be
22 repaired and grades reestablished to the required elevations and slopes.
23 END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260010-4 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR
ELECTRCIAL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 SECTION 26 0519
2 WIRES AND CABLES
3 PART1 GENERAL
4 1.01 WORK INCLUDED
5 A. Provide all wire, cable, and terminations complete.
6 PART 2 PRODUCTS
7 2.01 WIRE AND CABLE (COPPER, 600 -VOLT)
8 A. Interior and Above Grade: All wires to be Type THW or RHW. Type THWN /THHN or XHHW
9 wire may be utilized at Contractors option, subject to code requirements. Wire and cables shall
10 be brought to project in original containers bearing the underwriters label. Provide Type AVA
11 wire where conductors are subject to temperature above 167 Degrees F.
12 B. Underground: All conductors to be type USE. Increase Raceway size when necessary to
13 accommodate conductors per code. Exception: Underground conductors completely contained
14 in code recognized Raceway and boxes may be Type THW, THWN or XHHW.
15 2.02 WIRE AND CABLE (ALUMINUM, 600 -VOLT)
16 A. May be used at Contractor's option (except for ground cable) subject to the following
17 requirements:
18 1. Increased size for same current capacity (increased raceway size may be necessary).
19 2. No aluminum conductors smaller than #4 AWG shall be used.
20 3. Insulation requirements are the same as for copper conductor wires and cables.
21 4. Aluminum conductors shall be made of an AA -8000 series electrical grade aluminum alloy
22 conductor material.
23 2.03 SPLICES
24 A. Above Grade: Solderless type only. Preinsulated "twist -on" type (limited to size #10 and
25 smaller). Bolt on compression type with application of preformed insulated cover, heat
26 shrinkable tubing or plastic insulated tape acceptable for all sizes.
27 B. Below Grade: Splices below grade shall be in handholes and shall be made watertight with
28 epoxy resin type splicing kits similar to Scotchcast.
29 2.04 TERMINATIONS
30 A. Compression set, bolted or screw terminal.
31 B. Conductors #12 and smaller shall utilize eye or forked tongue type compression set terminator
32 when termination is to a bolted or screw set type terminal block or terminal cabinet.
33 2.05 PLASTIC CABLE TIES
34 A. Nylon or Equivalent, locking type
35 PART 3 EXECUTION
36 3.01 GENERAL
37 A. Install all wiring in Raceway unless shown or specifically authorized otherwise.
38 3.02 WIRE SIZE
39 A. No. 12 AWG minimum for power and lighting circuits.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260519-1 WIRES AND CABLES
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 B. Provide solid wire for No. 10 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 8 AWG and
2 larger (600) volts.
3 3.03 TESTS
4 A. The Contractor shall test all wiring connections for continuity and ground before any fixtures or
5 other loads are connected. Contractor shall provide all apparatus to make tests and shall bear
6 all expenses of required testing. Operation tests shall be made on all pieces of equipment to
7 demonstrate that working parts are in operating condition. Results of all tests shall be recorded
8 and submitted to the Architect. The Contractor shall immediately replace all parts, which fail to
9 pass the test.
10 B. All circuits both in and out of the building shall test out free of grounds, short circuits and other
11 defects.
12 C. The final test of all equipment shall be made on dates designated by the Architect /Engineer and
13 all readings shall be made in his presence.
14 D. Provide certification of torque values for feeder and service entrance conductors per equipment
15 manufacturer's recommendation.
16 3.04 CONDUCTOR SIZES, REFERENCED ON PLANS
17 A. Copper, type THW or RHW unless noted.
18 3.05 ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS
19
A.
Aluminum conductors serving switchboards and service entrance rated panelboard shall be
20
terminated using compression type oxide inhibiting compound filled aluminum lugs only.
21
B.
Compression fittings shall be sized for the conductor used and shall be set with a tool, which
22
assures a preset deformation before release.
23
C.
Aluminum lugs, where in contact with copper studs, bolts or bus, shall be plated.
24
D.
Bolted aluminum lugs shall be installed with a Belleville washer under nut unless specifically
25
permitted otherwise.
26
E.
Branch panelboards with bolted pressure lugs shall use aluminum conductors designed to
27
minimize creep; i.e., Stabiloy by ALCAN. Oxide inhibiting joint compound shall be applied to
28
both the conductor and terminal lug. Manufacturer's torque specifications shall be used to
29
prevent creep.
30
3.06 PULLING
31
A.
Use no mechanical means for pulling No. 8 AWG conductors and smaller. Powdered soap
32
stone or approved spray cream shall be the only lubricant used.
33
3.07 STRIPPING INSULATION
34
A.
Do not ring the cable, always pare or pencil.
35
3.08 TAPING
36 A. If used shall be half lapped synthetic tape.
37 3.09 CONDUCTORS IN PANELS AND SWITCHBOARDS
38 A. Conductors in panels, switchboards, and terminal cabinets shall be neatly grouped and formed
39 in a manner to "Fan" into terminals with regular spacing.
40 3.10 CABLE SUPPORTS
41 A. Provide conductor support devices as required by code in vertical cable runs.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260519-2 WIRES AND CABLES
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
3.11 RACEWAY SIZES REFERENCED ON DRAWINGS
2 A. Raceways are sized for copper, type THW, unless otherwise noted. Size all Raceways per
3 code unless specifically noted to be larger on the drawings.
4 END OF SECTION
5
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260519-3 WIRES AND CABLES
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 SECTION 26 0526
2 GROUNDING AND BONDING
3 PART1 GENERAL
4 1.01 WORK INCLUDED
5 A. A grounding system shall be provided for neutral ground and equipment ground as required by
6 code.
7 PART 2 PRODUCTS
8 2.01 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
9 A. Copper, code size, with physical protection where subject to damage. Bare or green insulated.
10 2.02 GROUND RODS
11 A. 3/4" x 8' -0" copper clad steel.
12 PART 3 EXECUTION
13 3.01 GENERAL
14 A. Provide all grounding for electrical systems and equipment as required by codes and as
15 specified herein.
16 3.02 GROUND RODS
17 A. Provide as shown and /or required. Connect the ground conductor to each rod.
18 3.03 SIZE OF GROUND WIRE
19 A. As required by code. Where ground wire is exposed to physical damage or is used outside of
20 building, protect with conduit.
21 3.04 CONNECTION TO THE GROUND BUS
22 A. Provide connections in accordance with the codes; including but not limited to raceway systems,
23 switchboard /panelboard frames, service neutral, separately derived systems, electrically
24 operated equipment and devices. No device or equipment shall be connected for electrical
25 service which has a neutral conductor connected to a grounding conductor or to the frame
26 within the device or equipment.
27 3.05 METHOD OF CONNECTION
28 A. Make all ground connections and ground cable splices by thermal welding. Grounding lugs,
29 where provided as standard Manufacturer's items on equipment furnished, may be used.
30 3.06 FLEXIBLE RACEWAY
31 A. Shall not be used for grounding. Install separate ground conductor in all flexible raceway.
32 3.07 PVC RACEWAY
33 A. Install separate ground conductor in all PVC raceway as required per code.
34 3.08 TESTING
35 A. Measure the OHMIC value of the Electric Service Entrance metallic "System Ground" with
36 reference to "Earth Ground" using the "Multiple Ground Rod Fall -In- Potential" method and
37 suitable instruments. Maximum resistance to ground shall be less than 10 ohms. If this
38 resistance cannot be obtained with the ground system shown, notify the Architect immediately
39 for further instructions. Provide OHMIC test results to Engineer.
40 END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260526-1 GROUNDING AND BONDING
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 SECTION 26 0532
2 OUTLET AND PULL BOXES
3 PART1 GENERAL
4 1.01 WORK INCLUDED
5 A. Provide outlet and pull boxes to enclose devices, permit the pulling of conductors and for wire
6 splices and branches.
7 PART 2 PRODUCTS
8 2.01 INTERIOR WIRING
9
A.
General: Outlet and pull boxes shall be pressed drawn steel, zinc coated with plaster ring
10
where applicable. Welded boxes not allowed. Four -inch size minimum. Large pull boxes shall
11
be fabricated sheet steel, zinc coated or baked enamel finish, with return flange and screw
12
retained cover.
13
B.
Surface Metal Raceway: Boxes of same Manufacture and to match Raceway. Boxes to
14
accommodate standard devices and device plate.
15
C.
Concrete and Masonry: Boxes for casting in concrete or mounting in masonry walls shall be the
16
type specifically designed for that purpose.
17
D.
Install pull boxes so as to be accessible after completion of building construction.
18
E.
Ceiling outlet boxes shall be galvanized octagonal 4 inch, 1 -1/2 inch deep (without fixture stud),
19
2 -1/8 inches deep (with fixture stud).
20
2.02 EXTERIOR WIRING
21
A.
Above Grade: Outlet and junction boxes shall be cast or malleable iron or shall be cast of
22
corrosion resistant alloy compatible with Raceway to which it is connected. Pull boxes shall be
23
fabricated of heavy gauge steel and hot dipped galvanized. All boxes shall have gasketed
24
covers.
25
B.
Below Grade: Where exposed to earth, boxes (handholes) shall be constructed of precast
26
concrete with size, configuration, cover, grates and reinforcing as required by the particular
27
installation. Manufacturer: Fogtite J11 Type 2 with base. Lid shall be H -20 rated where installed
28
in traffic areas. Where not exposed to earth shall comply with Paragraph 2.02A above.
29
C.
Exterior outlet boxes shall be weather resistant and rain tight, with appropriate covers, gaskets
30
and screws.
31 PART 3 EXECUTION
32 3.01 ANCHORING
33 A. All boxes shall be firmly anchored directly or with concealed bracing to building studs or joints.
34 Boxes must be so attached so that they will not 'Rock" or "Shift" when devices are operated.
35 3.02 ELECTRICAL OUTLETS
36 A. General: Coordinate the work of this section with the work of other sections and trades. Study
37 all Drawings that form a part of this Contract and confer with various trades involved to eliminate
38 conflicts between the work of this section and the work of other trades.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260532-1 OUTLET AND PULL BOXES
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 B. Vertical and Horizontal Relationships: Where more than one outlet is shown or specified to be
2 at the same elevation or one above the other, align them exactly on centerlines horizontally or
3 vertically. Relocate as directed all such outlets (including lighting, receptacle, power signal and
4 thermostat outlets) which are not so installed, at no additional cost to Owner.
5 C. Device Outlet Height: Measure from the finished floor.
6 *Switches 4 Feet, Set Vertically, to Top of Box
7 *Receptacles 18 Inches, Set Vertically to Centerline
8 3.03 CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT
9 A. For equipment furnished under this or other Divisions of the Specifications, or by others.
10 Provide outlet boxes of sizes and at locations necessary to serve such equipment. An outlet
11 box is required if the equipment has pigtail wires for external connection, does not have space
12 to accommodate circuit wiring used. Study equipment details to assure proper coordination.
13 3.04 BLANK COVERS
14 A. Provide blank covers or plates over all boxes not covered by equipment.
15 3.05 JUNCTION OR PULL BOXES
16 A. Pull and junction boxes shall be installed as shown, and to facilitate pulling of wire and to limit
17 the number of bends within code requirements. Boxes shall be permanently accessible and
18 shall be placed only at locations approved by the Architect.
19 B. The Drawings do not necessarily show every pull or Junction Box required. The Contractor is
20 permitted to provide boxes deemed necessary by him for his work when installed in accordance
21 with these Specifications.
22 3.06 BOXES IN EARTH
23 A. Provide for all wire splices and as required to pull conductors. Boxes (handholes) shall be set in
24 place on a 3" sand bed. Coverplates shall be flush to, and match the slope of, the final surface
25 grade.
26
END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260532-2 OUTLET AND PULL BOXES
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 SECTION 26 0533
2 RACEWAY
3 PART1 GENERAL
4 1.01 WORK INCLUDED
5 A. Provide Raceway System complete.
6 PART 2 PRODUCTS
7 2.01 GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT (GRS)
8 A. General: Hot dipped galvanized.
9 B. Fittings: Galvanized malleable iron or noncorrosive alloy compatible with galvanized conduit.
10 Erickson couplings, watertight split couplings (O.Z. type or equivalent) permitted. Running
11 thread or set screw type fittings not approved.
12 2.02 INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC)
13 A. General: Hot Dipped galvanized.
14 B. Fittings: Galvanized malleable iron or noncorrosive alloy compatible with galvanized conduit.
15 Erickson couplings, watertight split couplings (O.Z. type or equivalent) permitted. Running
16 thread or set screw type fittings not approved.
17 2.03 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT)
18 A. General: Hot dipped galvanized.
19 B. Fittings: Raintight; steel or malleable iron type using a split corrugated compression ring and
20 tightening nut or stainless steel locking disc. Steel set screw fittings are acceptable (FMC,
21 LFMC) for dry locations only. Indenter, drive -on and pressure cast or die cast type set screw are
22 not acceptable.
23 2.04 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT
24 A. Damp and Wet Locations:
25 1. Liquid Tight: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) weatherproof cover over flexible steel conduit.
26 2. Fittings: Thomas and Betts "liquid tight' or equal.
27 2.05 SURFACE METAL RACEWAY
28 A. Formed steel or aluminum type. Standard factory finish. Where color choice is available,
29 consult Architect/Engineer for selection prior to ordering.
30 2.06 RIGID NON - METALLIC CONDUIT (PVC)
31 A. Schedule 40 rigid polyvinyl chloride type unless otherwise noted.
32 2.07 RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT
33 A. Permitted only in specified locations.
34 B. Fittings copper free cast aluminum.
35 PART 3 EXECUTION
36 3.01 GENERAL
37 A. Install Raceway concealed in construction unless noted otherwise on the Drawings or
38 specifically approved in writing by the Architect /Engineer.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260533-1 RACEWAY
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
B.
Cut Raceway ends square, ream and extend maximum distance into all couplings and
2
connectors.
3
C.
Provide and install manufactured end caps on all Raceway ends during construction to prevent
4
the entrance of water or dirt. Tape, as a cover, not permitted.
5
D.
Swab out all Raceways before pulling wires.
6
E.
All elbows for GRS and PVC Raceway shall be factory radius bends. For all other Raceway,
7
use factory radius bends of 1 -1/4" and larger diameter.
8
F.
Raceway shall not penetrate sheet metal ducts unless permission is granted by
9
Architect/Engineer. All sleeves shall be provided for Raceway installation.
10
3.02 GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT
11
A.
All Connections shall be watertight. Install for all Raceways in concrete or where subject to
12
damage.
13
3.03 INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT
14
A.
Intermediate metal conduit is permitted as a substitute for galvanized rigid steel conduit except
15
where GRS is required by code.
16
3.04 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING
17
A.
Install for wiring in masonry, frame construction, furred ceilings and above suspended ceilings.
18
May be used for exposed work in unfinished areas where not subject to damage. Where
19
construction involves masonry work, surface cut masonry units wherever such masonry units
20
are to remain unplastered or uncovered in complete construction.
21
3.05 RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT
22
A.
May be used in lieu of galvanized rigid steel conduit where Raceway is run above grade or
23
inside of buildings; rigid aluminum conduit not permitted where Raceways are encased in or
24
attached to concrete or are below grade.
25
3.06 RACEWAYS UNDERGROUND
26
A.
Galvanized rigid steel conduit - painted with two coats of bitumastic paint - or galvanized rigid
27
steel conduit with 15 mil. polyvinyl chloride (PVC) jacket (repair abrasions with PVC base paint
28
or PVC)
29
B.
PVC Raceways may be used for underground runs when permitted by code. Field bends, when
30
necessary, shall be formed only with factory recommended heater. Penetrations through floor
31
and walls shall be galvanized rigid steel conduit. PVC, if used, shall be increased in size from
32
that shown to include code required ground wire. Bends in excess of 10 degrees shall be GRS.
33 C. Arrange and slope Raceways entering building to drain away from building.
34 D. Ground wires shall be provided in all PVC Raceway.
35 3.07 INSERTS, SHIELDS AND SLEEVES
36 A. Furnish and set in place, in advance of pouring slabs and walls, all inserts and sleeves needed
37 to execute Division 26 equipment installation.
38 B. Where supports in slabs are required after wall has been poured, use a drilled -in threaded
39 insert, installed as recommended by Manufacturer.
40 C. Sleeves shall be provided for all wall penetrations.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260533-2 RACEWAY
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 3.08 RACEWAYS THAT STUB UP THROUGH FLOOR
2 A. Install at such depth that the exposed Raceway is vertical and no curved section of the elbow is
3 visible.
4 B. PVC Raceway shall not be stubbed through floors.
5 3.09 SEALING OF RACEWAY PENETRATIONS
6 A. Exterior Wall Surfaces Above Grade: Seal around all penetrations with caulking approved by
7 Engineer. For concrete construction above ground level, cast Raceway in wall or core drill wall
8 and hard pack with a mixture of equal parts of sand and cement.
9 B. Exterior Surfaces Below Grade: Cast Raceway into wall (or floor) or use manufactured seal
10 assembly (such as O.Z. type "FSK ") cast in place.
11 C. Roofs: Provide mopped, lead, roof jack where Raceway penetrates roof membrane.
12 3.10 SEALING OF RACEWAYS
13 A. Seal interior of all Raceways which pass through buildings roofs, floors or through outside walls
14 of the building, above or below grade. Seal on the end inside the building using duct sealing
15 mastic, non - hardening compound type, specially designed for such service to maintain the
16 integrity of the seal of the wall, floor or roof. Pack around the wires in the Raceways.
17 3.11 HANGARS FOR RACEWAYS
18 A. In suspended ceiling spaces Contractor may, at his option, attach 1/2" or 3/4" EMT Raceways to
19 the ceiling suspension system where such system is structurally suitable on independent wire
20 secured at both ends; in which case, provide clips manufactured for the purpose.
21 B. When more than two Raceways will use the same routing, group together on a patented
22 channel support system (such as Unistrut).
23 3.12 SURFACE METAL RACEWAY
24 A. Install parallel to building surface (i.e., wall, ceiling, floor). Fasten to surface as recommended
25 by Manufacturer. Mount so Raceway is in the least obvious location. Shall be used in lieu of
26 conduit in finished areas.
27 3.13 FLEXIBLE CONDUIT
28 A. Flexible conduit shall be used only for connection to motors and equipment subject to vibration
29 with 90 degrees loop minimum to allow for isolation and for lay -in fluorescent fixtures above T-
30 Bar ceilings. For fixture installations, one end of flex must terminate in rough -in junction box.
31 Flex conduit shall not be installed over 6' long or used to connect from fixture to fixture. Use
32 liquid tight for pumps, equipment which is regularly washed down, and equipment in damp
33 locations. Provide ground wire.
34 3.14 PULL CORDS
35 A. Nylon type shall be included in all installed empty Raceway.
36
END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 260533-3 RACEWAY
1
2
3
4
9
SECTION 26 2416
PANELBOARDS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
A. Provide all panelboard equipment, complete; dead front type.
6 PART 2 PRODUCTS
7 2.01 PANELBOARD TYPE
8
A.
Panelboards shall be rated at proper voltage and current for intended use with busbars of
9
copper or aluminum. Panels shall be 3- phase, 4- wire,100% neutral, unless noted otherwise.
10
Where aluminum is utilized, all lugs shall be of an approved compression type. Provide multiple
11
lugs where conductors in parallel or "feed through" are shown on the Drawings.
12
B.
Conductor Connectors shall be bolted to busbars using Grade 5 bolts and Belleville washers.
13
Feeder conductor connectors shall be rated for 75 Degree C. wire when 75 Degree C. wire is
14
indicated. Where aluminum conductors are utilized for feeders or branch circuits the connectors
15
shall conform to Section 26 0519.
16
C.
Panelboards shall have a separate ground bus bonded to the panelboard frame.
17
D.
Where 120 -Volt, 15- or 20 -Amp breakers are intended for switching loads they shall be of type
18
rated for switching duty labeled "SWD."
19
2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
20
A.
General Electric
21
B.
Square -D
22
C.
Seimens
23
D.
Cutler- Hammer
24
2.03 CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
25
A.
The following interrupting capacity, 10,000 AIC Symmetrical shall be considered minimum.
26
Other ratings shall be as specified on panel schedules shown on the Drawings. Series rating of
27
breakers is not allowed.
28
B.
Mount breakers in all panelboards so that breaker handles operate in a horizontal plane. Bolt in
29
type only. Provide common trip on all multiple pole breakers.
30
C.
Where noted, provide spare breakers, complete for future connection of wiring circuits. Where
31
"Space" is indicated for breakers, provide all bussing and breaker mounting hardware in the
32
panelboard, provide steel knockouts in dead front metal closure of unused part of panel. If any
33
steel knockouts are removed, provide breakers in such spaces or approved coverplates. Open
34
spaces are not permitted.
35
D.
For multi -wire branch circuits, provide approved breaker handle ties where required by NEC
36
210.4.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 262416-1 PANELBOARDS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 2.04 CABINET FOR EACH PANELBOARD
2
A.
Flush or surface, as indicated; tight closing doors without play, when latched. Where two
3
cabinets are located adjacent to each other in finished areas, provide matching trim of the same
4
height. Where a remote controlled switch or contactor is mounted in any panelboard, mount on
5
same frame as panelboard interior with screw retained access door in dead front shield;
6
common door over circuit breakers and remote controlled device. Where flush mounted,
7
provide (2) 3/4" conduits to accessible ceiling space for future expansion.
8
B.
All conduits for future expansion shall stub into a junction box, where located above grade, and
9
shall be sealed in the panel.
10
C.
Provide cabinets of sufficient dimensions to allow for future expansion and addition of circuit
11
breakers within the panelboards as indicated on panel schedules.
12
D.
Provide lock for each cabinet door. All Electrical Distribution Equipment Locks shall be keyed
13
identically. Key system shall match existing. Supply Owner with minimum six keys.
14
E.
Fasten panelboard front with machine screws with oval counter -sunk heads, finish hardware
15
quality, with escutcheons or approved trim clamps. Clamps accessible only when dead front
16
door is open are acceptable. Surface mounted panelboards with fronts greater than 48 inches
17
vertical dimension shall be hinged at right side in addition to hinged door over dead front.
18
F.
Finish: Provide factory prime coat for cabinets to be located in finished areas. Where cabinets
19
are located in unfinished areas, standard lacquer or enamel finish, gray or blue -gray color, shall
20
be substituted for factory prime coat.
21
2.05 SYSTEM OF NUMBERING AND BUS ARRANGEMENT
22
A.
Shall be as shown on the Panel Schedules on the Drawings.
23
2.06 PANELBOARD NAMEPLATE
24
A.
Provide engraved and filled (or color layer - engraved through outer layer) plastic nameplate
25
with 1/2-inch high characters (for panel name); attached with screws to each NEMA 1 panelboard
26
front. White on black, include voltage, phases, wires and minimum A.I.C. Rating in 3/8 -inch
27
characters.
28
B.
Nameplate color shall be:
29
1. Emergency System: White letters on red
30
2. Normal System: White letters on black
31
C.
Provide a service entrance label nameplate on the main panelboard which includes the
32
following:
33
1. Service Voltage & Bus Amperage Rating
34
2. Symmetrical Short Circuit Current Rating
35 PART 3 EXECUTION
36 3.01 MOUNTING
37 A. Secure in place with top of cabinet at 6-0 ", unless otherwise noted. Top of cabinet and trim
38 shall be level. Firmly anchor cabinets directly or with concealed bracing to Building Structure.
39 When panels are not located in or directly on a wall, provide a support frame of formed steel
40 channel which is anchored to the floor.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 262416-2 PANELBOARDS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 :0111111i10111W1
2 A. For each branch circuit panelboard provide a typewritten index listing each circuit in the
3 panelboard by number with its proper load designation. Mount with a transparent protective
4 cover inside cabinet door. Listing shall match circuit breaker arrangements, typically with odd
5 numbers on the left and even numbers on the right. Room numbers used shall be final room
6 numbers used in the building as verified with the Owner, and not room number assigned on
7 Plans.
8 3.03 CABINET PAINTING
9 A. Cabinets furnished as prime painting shall be field painted to match color of adjacent wall. (See
10 Division - Painting).
11 3.04 SPACE
12 A. Verify space available with equipment sizes and Code Required Working Clearances prior to
13 Submittal of Shop Drawings.
14 3.05 GROUNDING
15 A. Provide a ground busbar for all panels.
16 END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 262416-3 PANELBOARDS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 SECTION 26 2726
2 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES
3 PART1 GENERAL
4 1.01 WORK INCLUDED
5 A. Provide all wiring devices and plates.
6 B. No push -in, friction, spring type terminals allowed.
7 C. All devices: Color shall be ivory, unless otherwise noted.
8 PART 2 PRODUCTS
9 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
10
A.
Hubbell
11
B.
Pass & Seymour
12
C.
Leviton
13
D.
Cooper
14
2.02 SWITCHES
15
A.
Timer Switch: Provide electronic light timer switch where indicated on drawings. The timer
16
switch shall be connected to the lighting. The timer switch shall be programmable for time -out
17
from 5 minutes to 2 hours.
18
B.
Device plates shall be Hubbell and Cooper Type 302 stainless steel.
19
2.03 RECEPTACLES
20
A.
Ground -Fault Circuit - Interrupter Duplex Receptacles: NEMA 5 -20R. Hubbell GF201LA, and
21
Cooper VGF20, for 20 Amp, 125 -Volt AC. Provide GFI receptacles where required by code.
22
B.
Weather Resistant (WR) / Ground Fault Circuit - Interrupter (GFCI) Outdoor Duplex Receptacles:
23
NEMA 5 -20R. Hubbell GFTR201 or equal, for 20 Amp, 125 -Volt AC.
24
2.04 DEVICE PLATES
25
A.
Exterior: Intermatic # WP1010MC, for vertical mount and # WP1010HMC for horizontal mount,
26
or equivalent for receptacles. Metal cover shall be raintight while -in -use.
27 PART 3 EXECUTION
28 3.01 MOUNTING
29 A. Rigidly fasten each device to the outlet box at proper position with the wall to bring receptacle
30 flush with plate or switch handle the proper distance through the plate.
31 3.02 ORIENTATION
32 A. Set Switches vertical with handle operating vertically, up position "ON ".
33 B. Set Receptacles vertical with ground slot down.
34 3.03 RECEPTACLE GROUNDING
35 A. Provide bare bonding wire between receptacle grounding terminal and box. Plaster ear screws
36 connecting frame to the box will not be acceptable for grounding.
37 END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 262726-1 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 SECTION 26 5000
2 LIGHTING
3 PART1 GENERAL
4 1.01 WORK INCLUDED
5 A. Provide the lighting system complete and operational.
6 1.02 FIXTURE SCHEDULE MANUFACTURER'S SERIES NUMBERS
7 A. Are a design series reference and do not necessarily represent the number, size, wattage or the
8 type of lamp, ballast or special requirements as specified hereinafter.
9 1.03 SUBMITTALS
10 A. Shall be neatly and clearly marked to indicate the fixtures, lamps and ballasts fully comply with
11 contract documents. When substitute fixtures are submitted (if permitted) the data shall clearly
12 cross reference (written or highlighted) that the substitute fixture complies with every detail of
13 the specified fixture. Fixtures not fully complying with contract documents are not permitted.
14 PART 2 PRODUCTS
15 2.01 SPECIAL PARTS
16 A. Adapters, Plates, Brackets and Anchors: Provide where required by construction features of the
17 building to suitably mount lighting fixture. All such appurtenances and mounting methods shall
18 be approved by the Architect/Engineer prior to fabrication and installation.
19 B. Low Voltage Transformers: Provide and install where required to power individual or linear runs
20 of low voltage light fixtures.
21 2.02 LAMPS
22 A. MR -11, MR -16 Incandescent Type: 125V, filament lamps rated for 10,000 hours of life
23 B. Fluorescent Type:
24 1. Bi -pin, T -8 rapid start; color temperature of 3500 K; CRI 82; average life of 36,000 hours
25 per 3 hour start.
26 2. Bi -pin, T -5 high output; color temperature of 3500 K; CRI 82; average life of 30,000 hours
27 per 3 hour start.
28 2.03 BALLASTS - FLUORESCENT (ELECTRONIC)
29 A. Tested and approved for lamp type employed and approved by Lighting Design Lab
30 specification committee.
31 B. Acceptance Manufacturers:
32 1. Advance
33 2. Magnetek
34 3. Motorola
35 4. Osram /Sylvania
36 C. UL and CBM labels.
37 D. Low temperature and /or outdoor application. Provide ballasts suitable for low temperature
38 where outdoors or space ambient is expected to be below 50 °F.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 265000-1 LIGHTING
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 E. Electronic ballasts shall be high power factor, greater than 95% and total harmonic distortion
2 (THD) less than 20 %. Provide for operation with T -8, T -5 and CFL lamps. "A" sound rating.
3 F. All ballasts shall be provided with a UL listed factory pre - installed ballast disconnect.
4
G. Ballasts for T5 fluorescent lamps:
5
1.
Sylvania "Quicktronic" or equivalent programmed rapid start.
6
2.
Ballast factor of 98% or greater.
7
3.
"A" sound rating.
8
4.
Electronic pre -heat starting.
9
5.
The ballast shall operate at 40 - 60 Khz without visible flicker.
10
6.
Five Year Warranty.
11
H. Ballasts
for T8 fluorescent lamps:
12
1.
Advance "Centium" Series or Equivalent programmed rapid start.
13
2.
Ballast factor of 98% or greater.
14
3.
"A" sound rating for 265 MA. (T8 lamps).
15
4.
The ballast shall operate at a frequency below 30 Khz or above 40 Khz without visible
16
flicker.
17
5.
Shall be designed for use with occupancy sensors by providing up to 30,000 lamp starts.
18
The ballast shall heat the lamp cathodes to 650 degree C with no glow current before
19
applying arc voltage to the lamp.
20
6.
Electronic ballast harmonic distortion and current shall be less than 10% THD.
21
7.
Where fluorescent light fixtures are to be located outside, the ballast shall be capable of 0
22
degree F. lamp ignition.
23
8.
Five Year Warranty.
24
2.04 OUTDOOR LIGHTING STANDARDS
25 A. Provide watertight insulating fuse in the base of lighting standards to individually protect each
26 lighting fixture; buss Style "HEB" or approved, waterproof fuseholder with Buss fuse of
27 appropriate capacity and voltage. Provide fuse for each hot circuit wire; do not fuse neutral.
28 B. Provide concrete preformed round poles with base plate for bolting to concrete foundation.
29 Natural exposed aggregate finish. Height as noted on drawings.
30 C. Provide concrete foundations as shown on drawings. Field verify locations with Architect prior
31 to installation of bases.
32 PART 3 EXECUTION
33 3.01 LIGHTING FIXTURES - GENERAL
34 A. Size and mounting height from finished floor to bottom of fixture as indicated on the drawings.
35 Verify mounting provisions prior to the ordering of fixtures. Fixtures shall be UL listed for the
36 location, and application in which they are installed.
37 B. Ceiling fixtures shall be coordinated with and suitable for installation in, on or from the ceiling as
38 shown. Installation and support of fixtures shall be in accordance with NFPA 70 and
39 manufacturer's recommendations.
40 3.02 DIFFUSERS AND ENCLOSURES
41 A. Install lighting fixture diffusers only after construction work, painting and clean up are completed.
42 Prior to final acceptance, remove all lamps, reflectors and diffusers, wash, rinse and reinstall.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 265000-2 LIGHTING
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
3.03 SUPPORT OF FIXTURES
2 A. Surface and Pendant Mounted Type:
3 1. Where mounted on accessible ceilings, hang from structural members by means of hanger
4 rods through ceiling or as approved.
5 2. Where ceiling is of insufficient strength to support weight of lighting fixture, provide
6 additional framing to support as required. Fixtures shall be supported from structure with
7 seismic bracing independent of ceiling.
8 3.04 LOCATION
9 A. Mount to the dimensions shown on the drawings. Mount at quarter points where no dimensions
10 appear. Architect shall specify mounting locations where no dimensions appear and quarter
11 point mounting is impractical or not indicated on the drawings.
12 B. Refer to details, mechanical drawings, and coordinate with mechanical Contractor for equipment
13 and ductwork mounted in ceilings to prevent conflict with light fixtures prior to installation. If
14 conflicts cannot be resolved with the Mechanical Contractor, notify Architect /Engineer.
15 3.05 CONCRETE FOUNDATIONS
16 A. Install at locations shown taking care to provide soil compaction same as required under paving
17 to avoid settling and tilting of pole. Provide for all steel, concrete or aluminum poles shown.
18 Concrete foundations shall have a minimum raceway sweeps of 90 degrees and anchor bolts
19 shall be accurately set in foundations using a template supplied by the pole manufacturer. For
20 concrete work and grouting, see Division 3 of the specifications. When concrete work has
21 cured, base plates shall be leveled and grouted in place. Pole anchor bases shall then be set on
22 base plates, leveled plumb on foundations, and secured with holding nuts.
23 END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 265000-3 LIGHTING
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
SECTION 00 01 07
SEALS
Civil Engineer's Seal
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
The undersigned hereby certifies that the following Technical Specifications in this project manual were
prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am duly registered under the laws of the State
of Washington and hereby affix my Professional Seal.
SECTION 00 01 07 - SEALS
SECTION 31 05 16 - AGGREGATES
SECTION 31 10 00 - SITE CLEARING, GRUBBING AND DEMOLITION
SECTION 31 23 17 - TRENCHING
SECTION 31 23 23 - EARTHWORK
SECTION 31 25 13 - EROSION CONTROLS
SECTION 32 12 16 - ASPHALT PAVING
SECTION 33 01 31 - UTILITY STRUCTURE GRADE ADJUSTMENT
SECTION 33 05 13 - MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES
SECTION 33 41 00 - STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
31 END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 00 01 07 (1) - 1
BID SET
SEALS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
SECTION 31 05 16
AGGREGATES
PART 1GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Section Includes:
1. Aggregate materials.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 31 23 17 - Trenching
2. Section 31 23 23 - Earthwork
3. Section 31 25 13 - Erosion Control
4. Section 32 12 16 - Asphalt Paving
5. Section 33 05 13 - Manholes and Structures
6. Section 33 41 00 - Storm Utility Drainage Piping
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:
1. AASHTO M147 - Standard Specification for Materials for Aggregate and Soil Aggregate
Subbase, Base and Surface Courses.
2. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture Density Relations of Soils Using a
4.54 -kg (1 0-1b) Rammer and a 457 -mm (18 -in.) Drop.
B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM C136 - Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates.
2. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil
Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft- Ibf /ft3 (600 kN- m /m3)).
3. ASTM D1556 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the
Sand -Cone Method.
4. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil
Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft- Ibf /ft3 (2,700 kN- m /m3)).
5. ASTM D2167 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the
Rubber Balloon Method.
6. ASTM D2487 - Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil
Classification System).
7. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate in Place by
Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
8. ASTM D2940 - Standard Specification for Graded Aggregate Material for Bases or
Subbases for Highways or Airports.
9. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by
Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
10. ASTM D4318 - Standard Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of
Soils.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Reference Specification Sections 31 23 17 Trenching and 31 23 23 Earthwork.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 0516-1
BID SET
AGGREGATES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.
B. Materials Source: Submit name of imported materials suppliers.
C. Material Certificates: Provide documentation from an independent third party qualified testing
agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance of specified soil materials. One
certificate shall be provided for each of the following:
1. Crushed Surfacing Base Course
2. Crushed Surfacing Top Course
3. Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Furnish each aggregate material from single source throughout the Work.
1. Regional Materials: Furnish materials extracted, processed and manufactured within 500
miles of Project site.
B. Perform Work in accordance with Washington State Department of Transportation 2014
Standard Specifications.
C. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 AGGREGATE MATERIALS
A. Crushed Surfacing Base Course: Shall conform to WSDOT Section 9- 03.9(3) requirements for
base course.
B. Crushed Surfacing Top Course: Shall conform to WSDOT Section 9- 03.9(3) requirements for
top course.
C. Common Soils: Shall be existing native, naturally occurring soils. If excavated common soils
are used on -site, they shall comply with the respective aggregate specification for the intended
use.
D. Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding: Shall conform to WSDOT 9 -03.12 (3).
2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Testing and inspection services.
B. Coarse Aggregate Material - Testing and Analysis: Perform in accordance with ASTM D1557.
C. Fine Aggregate Material - Testing and Analysis: Perform in accordance with ASTM D1557.
D. When tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material and retest.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Verification of existing conditions before
starting work.
B. Do not place aggregates over frozen or spongy subgrade surfaces.
3.02 EXCAVATION
A. Excavate in accordance with Sections 31 23 17 Trenching and 31 23 23 Earthwork
requirements.
3.03 BEDDING, BACKFILL AND FILL PLACEMENT
A. Place in accordance with Sections 31 23 17 Trenching and 31 23 23 Earthwork requirements.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 0516-2 AGGREGATES
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
3.04 STOCKPILING (Coordinate with Owner and Architect)
2 A. Stockpile satisfactory soil materials on site in accordance with Plan and Specification Section
3 31 23 17 Trenching and 31 23 23 Earthwork requirements. Protect stockpiles form erosion and
4 weather in accordance with Section 31 25 13 Erosion Controls requirements.
B. Stockpile unsuitable hazardous materials on impervious material and cover to prevent erosion
and leaching, until disposed of.
C. Cleanup soil stockpiles and grade the earth to the required grades after stockpiled soils have
been used.
END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 0516-3 AGGREGATES
BID SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
SECTION 31 10 00
SITE CLEARING, GRUBBING AND DEMOLITION
PART 1GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Flagging of clearing limits.
2. Protection of existing trees and vegetation to remain.
3. Sawcut and remove designated pavements, curbs and walkways.
4. Removing designated trees, shrubs, landscaping and other plant life.
5. Remove designated utilities.
6. Remove designated fencing and gates.
7. Removing miscellaneous plant debris, waste, trash and rubbish.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 31 05 16 - Aggregates
2. Section 31 23 17 - Trenching
3. Section 31 23 23 - Earthwork
4. Section 31 25 13 - Erosion control
5. Section 32 12 16 - Asphalt Paving
C. Permits: See General Conditions. Unless otherwise required in the General Conditions, the
Contractor shall pick up all permits necessary for project work and abide by all requirements
thereof.
D. Schedule: Coordinate this work with critical time schedule established for construction and take
necessary measures to insure schedule is met. As stated in General Conditions, take
advantage of good weather and allowable daylight hours permitted by local ordinances as
necessary to meet construction schedule. Coordinate with project phasing and sequencing
requirements in PART 3 of this Section.
E. Layout: Layout of all work under this Section shall be made at Contractor's cost by a
Washington State Licensed Land Surveyor who is acceptable to the Owner. The Land
Surveyor will provide to the Owner at the Preconstruction Conference a Certificate of Insurance
as satisfactory evidence of professional liability insurance in an amount no less than $500,000
per claim.
F. Adjustments: If any discrepancies are found by the Surveyor between the Drawings and actual
conditions at the site, the Architect reserves the right to make such minor adjustments in the
work specified as necessary to accomplish the intent of the Contract Documents, without
increased cost to the Owner.
G. Pre -work Meeting: The Contractor shall schedule and coordinate a preconstruction meeting
with the Pierce County Site Development Inspector prior to commencing any project work.
Comply with inspection requirements.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Clearing: Remove and legally dispose of all unwanted material from the surface, such as trees,
brush, down timber or other natural vegetation and material.
B. Grubbing: Remove and legally dispose of all unwanted vegetative matter from underground,
such as, stumps, roots, buried logs or other debris.
C. Debris: All unusable natural material produced by clearing and grubbing.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 1000-1
BID SET
SITE CLEARING, GRUBBING & DEMO
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
D. Demolish / Demolition: Removal and legal disposal of the identified item in its entirety from the
site.
E. Disposal: Loading, handling, transportation and deposition of the demolished item to an
approved offsite location / source.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.
B. Product Data: Submit data for herbicide. Indicate compliance with applicable codes for
environmental protection.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to with applicable provisions of Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and
Municipal Construction 2014 (WSDOT /APWA Publication M41 -10).
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Recycled Materials: Conform to 31 23 23 Earthwork.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Project Phasing and Sequencing: General project phasing and sequencing requirements are
described in Division 1 of the Specifications. Supplemental site work phasing and sequencing
requirements are described in the Civil Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall comply
with all general and supplemental project phasing and sequencing requirements.
B. Supplemental Project Sequencing /Scheduling requirements: The Contractor shall expect to
perform Site Clearing, Grubbing and Demolition work during rainy / wet weather conditions in
the spring, summer, fall and winter months. The Contractor shall implement and employ means
and methods necessary to execute site clearing, grubbing and demolition work in accordance
with Plan and Specification requirements and within the project schedule time frame. Schedule
work to minimize existing earthen soil disturbances. The Contractor's ability to perform site
clearing, grubbing and demolition work with moisture sensitive soils may be impossible and
may require the contractor to cease operations until some soil healing occurs. Time delays
caused by the contractor's inability to perform work with existing moisture sensitive soils shall
not be the basis for additional money or time claims. Inactive workdays or wet weather days
shall be expected and planned for in the Contractor's schedule and bid without extra cost to the
Owner, except in abnormal wet weather cases. Abnormal wet weather cases shall be only in
accordance with contract General Condition requirements.
C. Traffic: Conduct site clearing, grubbing and demolition operations to ensure minimum
interference with roads and other adjacent property. Do not close or obstruct streets or other
occupied or used facilities without permission from authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Explosives: Use of explosives for clearing and grubbing work will not be permitted.
E. Clearing, Grubbing and Demolition Excavation and Backfill: Required excavations to perform
clearing, grubbing and demolition work shall conform to Section 31 23 23 Earthwork
requirements. Excavations located in the street right of way or for onsite utilities shall be
backfilled with materials in accordance with Section 31 23 23 Earthwork requirements.
Excavation and backfill work shall be incidental to Site Clearing, Grubbing and Demolition work.
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Verify existing topographic and surfacing
conditions before starting work.
B. Verify existing plant life designated to remain is tagged or identified.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 1000-2
BID SET
SITE CLEARING, GRUBBING & DEMO
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
C.
Identify waste area and salvage area for placing removed materials.
2
3.03 PREPARATION
3
A.
Call the Utility Line Information service at 1- 800 - 424 -5555 not less than two working days
4
before performing Work.
5
B.
Request underground utilities to be located and marked within and surrounding construction
6
areas.
7
3.04 PROTECTION
8
A.
Locate, identify, and protect utilities indicated to remain, from damage.
9
B.
Protect trees, plant growth, and features designated to remain. Refer to tree conservation
10
plans, calculations and legends by Landscape Architect.
11
C.
Protect bench marks, survey control points, and existing structures from damage or
12
displacement.
13
D.
Soil Protection: Existing soils exposed as a result of Clearing and Grubbing work shall be
14
protected from the weather. Coordinate with Section 31 25 13 Erosion Control requirements.
15
3.05 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
16
A.
Prerequisite: Prior to commencing clearing and grubbing activities locate and flag clearing
17
limits. Contractor shall limit his work to areas requiring clearing and grubbing only. Contractor
18
shall refrain from entering areas not being worked in and shall repair all such disturbed areas.
19
Install stormwater pollution prevention measures prior to clearing and grubbing work.
20
Coordinate with Section 31 25 13 Erosion Control requirements.
21
B.
General: Remove trees, shrubs, grass, organics and other vegetation, improvements or
22
obstructions interfering with construction within the Clearing and Grubbing limits. Take
23
possession of timber within clearing and grubbing limits. Promptly remove such items off
24
premises. Removal includes digging out stumps and roots in their entirety.
25
C.
Safety: Ensure safe passage of persons around area of clearing and grubbing. Conduct
26
operations to prevent injury to adjacent buildings, structures, other facilities and persons and
27
protect portions of existing facilities designated to remain.
28
D.
Protection of Existing Trees and Vegetation: Protect existing trees and other vegetation
29
indicated to remain in place with six foot chain link fencing against unnecessary cutting,
30
breaking or skinning of roots, skinning and bruising of bark, smothering of trees by stockpiling
31
construction materials or excavated materials within drip line, excess foot or vehicular traffic or
32
parking of vehicles within drip line. Coordinate with Landscape plans.
33
E.
Maintenance: Water trees and other vegetation to remain within limits of contract work as
34
required maintaining their health during course of construction operations. Provide protection
35
for roots over one and one half inch diameter cut during construction operations. Coat cut
36
faces with emulsified asphalt or other acceptable coating, formulated for use on damaged plant
37
tissues. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out;
38
cover with earth as soon as possible.
39
F.
Damage: Repair or replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain that are damaged by
40
construction operations, in a manner acceptable to Architect / Engineer. Employ licensed
41
arborist to repair damages to trees and shrubs. Replace trees that cannot be repaired and
42
restored to full growth status as determined by arborist. Provide replacement trees that match
43
existing in like kind (species and size).
44
G.
Pruning: Carefully and cleanly cut roots and branches of trees indicated to be left standing,
45
where such roots and branches obstruct new construction.
46
H.
Existing Facilities or Improvements: Provide protection necessary to prevent damage to existing
47
facilities or improvements either on adjoining property or on Owner's property. Restore
2015 -20 /
Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 1000-3 SITE CLEARING, GRUBBING & DEMO
BID SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
3.06
3.07
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
damaged facilities or improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to parties having
jurisdiction. Clean the adjacent structures and facilities of dust, dirt and debris caused by
clearing and grubbing operations as directed by Architect or governing authorities. Return
adjacent areas to existing condition prior to the start of work.
I. Backfill: Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil
materials in accordance with Section 31 23 23 Earthwork requirements.
DEMOLITION
A. Remove debris, rock, and extracted plant life from site as noted on Drawings.
B. Partially remove paving, and curbs as indicated on Drawings. Neatly saw cut edges at right
angle to surface.
C. Pavement demolition
1. General: Demolish designated concrete and asphalt pavements, curbs, curbs and gutters
and walks designated on the plans. Make a full depth vertical saw cut between any
existing pavement, sidewalk, or curb that is to remain and the portion to be demolished.
Replace any existing pavement, sidewalk or curb designated to remain that is damaged
during the demolition work at no expense to the Owner. Coordinate demolition activities
with Sections 31 23 23 requirements.
D. Continuously clean -up and remove waste materials from site. Do not allow materials to
accumulate on site.
E. Remove designated fencing and gates, including the concrete bases in their entirety.
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
A. Disposal of Waste Material: Burning on Owner's Property: Burning is not permitted on site.
Remove waste material promptly from Owner's property. Dispose in accordance with local,
State and Federal Regulations.
B. Do not burn or bury demolished materials on site. Leave site in clean condition.
END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 1000-4
BID SET
SITE CLEARING, GRUBBING & DEMO
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
SECTION 31 23 17
TRENCHING
PART 1GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
A. Section Includes:
1. Trench excavation and backfill for utilities, including but not limited to water and storm
drain systems, utility structures, miscellaneous drains and other utilities;
2. Bedding and Backfill for utilities;
3. Compaction
4. Disposal of excess or unsuitable material
5. Importation and placement of various fill materials
6. Field quality control;
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 31 05 16 - Aggregates
2. Section 31 10 00 - Site Clearing, Grubbing and Demolition
3. Section 31 23 23 - Earthwork
4. Section 31 25 13 - Erosion controls
5. Section 33 41 00 - Storm Utility Drainage Piping
C. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Conditions and
Divisions 0 & 1 Specifications Sections apply to work specified in this Section.
D. Standards: Unless otherwise noted on the Plans, comply with most restrictive applicable
provisions of Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction 2014
(WSDOT /APWA Publication M41 -10); for utilities, comply with most restrictive applicable
provisions of the specific utility Purveyor
a. Storm Drain Utility: Comply with Plan and Specification trenching, bedding and
backfill requirements.
E. Design Grades and Slopes: Contractor shall meet the design grades and designated slopes for
utility installations.
F. Pre - excavation Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction
and site improvements, including finish surfaces that might be misconstrued as damage caused
by earthwork operations. Submit before earthwork begins.
G. Pre -work Meeting: The Contractor shall schedule and coordinate a preconstruction meeting
with the Site Development Inspector prior to commencing any site development project work.
Comply with inspection requirements. The following conferences are expected:
1. City site development inspector.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials.
B. Pierce County Stormwater Management Manual, 2012 Edition.
C. Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and
Municipal Construction, 2014 Edition, Publication M41 -10.
D. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:
1. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture Density Relations of Soils Using a
4.54 -kg (1 0-1b) Rammer and a 457 -mm (18 -in.) Drop.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 2317-1
BID SET
TRENCHING
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
E. ASTM International:
1. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil
Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft- Ibf /ft3 (600 kN- m /m3)).
2. ASTM D1556 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the
Sand -Cone Method.
3. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil
Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft- Ibf /ft3 (2,700 kN- m /m3)).
4. ASTM D2167 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the
Rubber Balloon Method.
5. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate in Place by
Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
6. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by
Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Definitions:
1. Utility: Any buried pipe, duct, conduit or cable.
2. Backfill Material: Soil material, controlled density fill material or lean concrete used to fill
an excavation.
3. Base Course Material: Satisfactory imported soil materials that are either provided on top
of the prepared subgrade or subbase materials. See Plan sections and details.
4. Bedding Material: Imported soil material placed in the bottom portion of the pipe zone
backfill that provides pipe support.
5. Borrow or Import Soil Materials: Approved soil materials provided from offsite sources.
See PART 2 for specific borrow or import soil material requirements.
6. Common Backfill Material: Common soil material used for backfill.
7. Common Fill Material: Common soil material used for fill.
8. Common Soil Material: Satisfactory native soils. If excavated common soils are used
onsite, they shall comply with the respective aggregate specification for the intended use.
9. Drain Backfill Material: Imported soil materials used to backfill around a subdrain, wall
drain, footing drain or roof drain to the required Plan dimensions.
10. Drainage Course Material: Course supporting the building slab on grade that also
minimizes upward capillary flow of pore water.
11. Fill Material: Soil materials used to raise existing grades.
12. Final Backfill Material: Soil backfill material placed over the pipe zone backfill to
subgrade.
13. Native soils: Existing in situ project soils.
14. Non - Structural Area: A non - structural area is a location on the project in which an
improvement does not require structural capabilities. Landscaped planter beds and
planting areas, playfields and lawn areas are examples of improvements located within
nonstructural areas.
15. Overexcavation: Additional excavation below or beyond contract excavation lines, grades
and subgrade elevations.
16. Overexcavation Fill or Backfill: Filling or backfilling an overexcavation.
17. Pipe Zone Backfill Material: Soil backfill material placed below, around and above utility
piping. Pipe zone dimensions are shown on the Plans.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 312317-2
BID SET
TRENCHING
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
1.04
1.05
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
18. Satisfactory Soil Materials: Soil material conforming to requirements stated in PART 2 of
this Section.
19. "Soft Spot(s) ": A pocket or spot in the existing native soil subgrade that will not pass a
proof roll test.
20. Structural Area: A structural area is a location on the project in which an improvement
requires structural capabilities. Pavement areas, the entire building pad, site stairway
structures, site seating and retaining walls, curbs and walks are examples of
improvements located in structural areas.
21. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, catch
basins, manholes, mechanical and electrical appurtenances or other manmade stationary
features constructed above or below the ground surface.
22. Subbase Material: Satisfactory imported soil materials that are provided on top of the
prepared subbase subgrade. See Plan sections and details.
23. Subbase Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing an excavation or
stripping in which subbase materials are constructed upon. See plan sections and
details.
24. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing an excavation or
fill /embankment or backfill that subsequent imported soil materials and /or surfacing
sections are constructed upon. See plan sections and details.
25. Top Course Material: Satisfactory imported soil materials that are either provided on top
of the prepared subgrade, subbase or base course materials. See Plan sections and
details.
26. Unclassified Excavation: The excavation of all materials to required lines, grades,
subgrades, elevations and dimensions shown on the Plans.
27. Unsatisfactory Soil Materials: Soil material that does not conform to satisfactory soil
material requirements.
28. Unsuitable Soil Material: Native soil material that is not suited or approved for project
installation.
29. Utilities: Underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables.
30. Utility Structures: Underground vaults, catch basins, manholes and tanks used with
utilities.
SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.
B. Material Certificates: Provide documentation from an independent third party qualified testing
agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance of specified soil materials.
Coordinate with section 31 05 16 Aggregate requirements. One certificate shall be provided for
each of the following materials:
1. Backfill material
2. Bedding /pipe zone materials
C. Material Specification Sheet for Utility Detectable Warning Tape and /or tracing wire.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Permits: Unless otherwise required in the General Conditions, the Contractor shall pick up the
permits from the City for site development and storm drain utility work, onsite and in the county
right of way. Abide by all requirements thereof.
B. Schedule: Comply with critical time schedule established for construction and take necessary
measures to insure schedule is met. Per General Conditions, take advantage of good weather
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 312317-3
BID SET
TRENCHING
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 and daylight hours permitted by local ordinances as necessary to meet construction schedule.
2 Coordinate with project phasing and sequencing requirements described in PART 3 herein this
3 Section.
4 C. Facilities: Develop all- weather staging areas, temporary and permanent drainage facilities,
5 temporary and permanent stormwater pollution prevention facilities and whatever methods and
6 facilities are required to accomplish work within time schedule set and at cost bid. Review
7 these areas and facilities with Owner and Engineer prior to implementation.
8 D. Layout: Layout at Contractor's cost all work under this Section by a Washington State Licensed
9 Land Surveyor who is acceptable to the Owner. The Land Surveyor shall provide at the pre -
10 construction conference a Certificate of Insurance as satisfactory evidence of professional
11 liability insurance in amount no less than $500,000 per claim.
12 E. Adjustments: If discrepancies are found by the surveyor between the Drawings and actual
13 conditions at the site, Architect reserves the right to make such minor adjustments in the work
14 specified as necessary to accomplish the intent of the Contract Documents, without increased
15 cost to the Owner.
16 F. Record Drawings: Coordinate with Division 1 for general project record drawing requirements.
17 Coordinate with specification section 33 41 00 Storm Utility Drainage for specific utility "As-
18 Built" document requirements. A Washington State Licensed Land Surveyor who is acceptable
19 to the Owner shall prepare Record Drawings. Contractor responsible for maintaining and
20 providing progress As- Builts to the Owner / Architect on a monthly basis for review and
21 comment. As- Builts shall be prepared using PDF's and the latest version of Bluebeam
22 software.
23 G. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless
24 permitted in writing by Architect and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility
25 services according to requirements indicated.
26 1. Notify Architect not less than two workdays in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
27 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect's written permission.
28 3. Contact utility locator service for area before excavating.
29 H. Weather: The Contractor is strongly advised to review the rainfall and weather records over the
30 last seven year time period (2007 to present). Actual rainfall records over the last seven year
31 period may vary from average normal (NOAA) rainfall totals. The actual rainfall may have
32 saturated existing soils and /or raised localized perched groundwater tables on the site.
33 I. Soils Information: None available.
34 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
35 A. Perform Work in accordance with Washington State Department of Transportation 2014
36 Standard Specifications and the City of Yelm Standards and Specifications.
37 B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
38 1.07 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
39 A. Verify field measurements as required on the Plans.
40 1.08 COORDINATION
41 A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
42 B. Verify Work associated with lower elevation utilities is complete before placing higher elevation
43 utilities.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 312317-4 TRENCHING
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 PART 2 PRODUCTS
2 2.01 TRENCH BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIALS
3 A. Bedding and Backfill materials shall be coordinated with Plan and Specification Section 31 05
4 16 Aggregates and 31 23 23 Earthwork requirements. The Contractor shall provide satisfactory
5 bedding and backfill materials even if this requires that the Contractor import materials to
6 accomplish the work. The importation of satisfactory soils and export of unsatisfactory soils
7 shall be included in the Contractors bid cost.
8 B. Utility Trench Foundation Material: In accordance with Plan requirements or as directed by the
9 Geotechnical Engineer and authorized by the Owner / Architect.
10 C. Utility Trench Bedding and Backfill Materials: Utility trench bedding and backfill materials shall
11 consist of the following materials:
12 1. Storm Drain System: Pipe bedding, pipe zone and final backfill materials for the storm
13 drain systems shall comply with the following requirements.
14 a. Pipe zone bedding and backfill materials for onsite (located on school property)
15 storm drain systems located under pavement shall comply with the approved plans.
16 Unless otherwise specified in the approved plans, pipe zone bedding shall be pea
17 gravel material. Unless otherwise specified in the approved plans, pipe zone
18 backfill shall be properly compacted structural fill material. Onsite common soils
19 complying with structural fill soil requirements may be utilized in lieu of importing
20 structural fill soils.
21 b. Pipe zone bedding and backfill materials for onsite storm drain systems located
22 outside of paved areas shall comply with plan and specification requirements.
23 Unless otherwise specified on the onsite plans or herein these specifications, pipe
24 zone bedding materials for on -site storm drain systems located outside of paved
25 areas shall be pea gravel material. Pipe zone backfill for onsite storm drain systems
26 located outside of paved areas shall be properly compacted common soil backfill
27 materials. The Contractor is responsible and shall provide satisfactory backfill
28 materials in the trench even if this requires that the contractor import structural fill
29 materials to accomplish the work. The importation of satisfactory soils and export of
30 unsatisfactory soils shall be included in the Contractors bid cost.
31 2.02 ACCESSORIES
32 A. Utility Detectable Warning Tape: Acid and alkali resistant polyethylene film warning tape
33 manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of six inches wide
34 and four mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility, with metallic core
35 encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape
36 is buried up to 30 inches deep; colored as follows:
37 1. Red: Electric.
38 2. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam and dangerous materials.
39 3. Orange: Telephone and other communications.
40 4. Blue: Water systems.
41 5. Green: Storm and Septic systems
42 B. Storm Drain System Tracing Wire: Coordinate with Specification Section 33 41 00 Storm Utility
43 Drainage Piping requirements.
44 PART 3 EXECUTION
45 3.01 GENERAL
46 A. Project Phasing and Sequencing: General project phasing and sequencing requirements are
47 described in Division 1 of the Specifications and Architectural Plans. Supplemental sitework
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 312317-5 TRENCHING
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
sequencing requirements are described in the civil plans and specifications. The Contractor
2
shall comply with all general and supplemental project phasing and sequencing requirements.
3
B.
Supplemental Project Sequencing / Scheduling requirements: The Contractor shall expect to
4
perform Trenching operations during rainy /wet weather conditions in the spring, summer, fall,
5
and winter months. The Contractor shall implement and employ means and methods necessary
6
to provide satisfactory installations in accordance with Plan and Specification requirements
7
within the project schedule time frame. Schedule Trenching operations to minimize existing
8
earthen soil disturbances. The Contractor's ability to perform Trenching work with moisture
9
sensitive soils may be impossible and may require the contractor to cease Trenching
10
operations until some soil healing occurs. Time delays caused by the contractor's inability to
11
perform Trenching operations with existing saturated soils shall not be the basis for additional
12
money or time claims. Inactive workdays or wet weather days shall be expected and planned
13
for in the Contractor's schedule and bid without extra cost to the Owner, except in abnormal wet
14
weather cases. Extreme wet weather cases shall be only considered over a monthly time
15
period versus per storm, daily or weekly basis. Abnormal wet weather cases shall be only in
16
accordance with contract General Condition requirements.
17
C.
Earthwork Protection: All earthwork located in the project work areas, including but not limited
18
to required project excavations, fills and backfills, soil material stockpiles shall be protected
19
from the weather. Protect installed structural areas (areas that have received the required
20
structural fill) from deterioration at all times. Deterioration may include but not be limited to soft
21
spots created from heavy equipment activity, repeated equipment activity or surface
22
contamination from tracking nonstructural soils to these structural pads. In any case,
23
deterioration caused by the Contractor's operations shall be repaired at the Contractor's
24
expense. Coordinate with Section 31 25 13 Erosion Controls requirements.
25
D.
Dewatering: Prevent surface water and subsurface or groundwater from flowing into
26
excavations and from flooding project work and surrounding area. Do not allow water to
27
accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of soils located at the bottom of
28
excavations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines and
29
other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations.
30
Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation
31
limits to convey rain water runoff and water removed from excavations. Do not use trench
32
excavations as temporary drainage ditches. The Contractor shall expect groundwater during
33
installation of the deeper storm and water utility installations. The dewatering discharge shall
34
discharge to the temporary TESC facilities in accordance with plan requirements. The
35
Contractor shall employ and have readily available equipment and methods to satisfactorily
36
dewater for acceptable installation. Dewatering is incidental to Trenching.
37
E.
Mining On -site Materials: Mining on -site materials for offsite export use is prohibited.
38
F.
Construction Water: All water required for construction shall be acquired / provided by the
39
Contractor. Existing fire hydrants may be utilized for construction water provided the Contractor
40
coordinate and obtain approval from the Owner, Architect and City. The Contractor shall be
41
responsible to pay for all metering and water charged required for providing construction water.
42
3.02 PREPARATION
43
A.
Existing Utilities: Notify utility agencies as required by state laws prior to commencing earthwork
44
operations. Call Local Utility Line Information service at 1- 800 - 424 -5555 not less than two
45
working days before performing Work. Request underground utilities to be located and marked
46
within and surrounding construction areas. Expose existing utilities when necessary to insure
47
that no grade conflict exists with utilities. If utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate
48
means of protection during earthwork operations. Do not interrupt existing utilities except when
49
permitted in writing by Utility. Temporary utility services may be required. Provide minimum of
50
two working days notice to Utility, Engineer and Owner and receive written approval to proceed
51
before interrupting utility.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 312317-6 TRENCHING
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 B. Utility Interruption: Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by
2 others except when permitted in writing by Architect and then only after acceptable temporary
3 utility services have been provided. Provide minimum of two working days notice to utility
4 agency and Engineer and receive written notice to proceed before interrupting utility.
5 C. Maintain and protect above and below grade utilities indicated to remain.
6 D. Protect existing facilities, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving and curbs from
7 excavating equipment and vehicular traffic.
8 E. Identify and protect required lines, levels, contours and datum locations.
9 F. Protect plant life, lawns, rock outcropping and other features remaining as portion of final
10 landscaping.
11 3.03 TRENCH EXCAVATION FOR UTILITIES
12 A. Trench Excavation: Trench excavation is unclassified excavation. Utility trench excavations are
13 shown on the Plans. Trenches shall be excavated to the line and grade designated on the
14 Plans or as required meeting proposed elevations. Unsuitable soils located within contract
15 trench excavation limits shall be removed as unclassified excavation, disposed of in
16 accordance with requirements stated herein this Section and shall not be basis for additional
17 costs. Unsatisfactory soils located within contract trench excavation limits shall be removed as
18 unclassified excavation and either processed to comply with common fill or backfill material
19 requirements or disposed of offsite and shall not be the basis of additional costs. All
20 unclassified excavation shall become the property of the contractor. Incidental to Trenching.
21 1. Trench sides shall be supported or shored as required to maintain safe working
22 conditions and code requirements. Slope sides of excavations to comply with WAC 296-
23 155, OSHA, WISHA, local codes and ordinances having jurisdiction. Provide and install
24 timbering and sheeting, trench boxes and shoring as necessary to protect workers, work,
25 existing utilities and other properties where sloping is not possible because of space
26 restrictions or instability of material excavated. Remove timbering and sheeting, trench
27 boxes and shoring above pipe prior to backfilling.
28 2. Minimize extent of open excavations after regular working hours. Barricade open
29 excavations occurring as part of this work and post warning lights. Operate warning lights
30 as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction
31 3. The trench shall be kept free from water until jointing is completed. Surface water shall
32 be diverted so as not to enter the trench. Provide dewatering in accordance with
33 requirements specified herein this section.
34 4. Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than
35 35 degrees F (1 degree C).
36 5. Trenching operations shall not proceed more than 100 feet in advance of pipe laying
37 except with written approval of the Engineer.
38 6. Trench widths to one foot above the top of the pipe shall not exceed 30 inches maximum
39 or 1.5 times the outside diameter of the pipe plus 18 inches whichever is greater.
40 Standard excavating equipment shall be adjusted so as to excavate the narrowest trench
41 possible
42 7. Provide uniform and continuous bearing and support for bedding material and pipe
43 utilities. Provide excavation to the required lines, grades and subgrades.
44 3.04 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY STRUCTURES
45 A. Utility Structure Excavation: Excavation shall conform to Plan requirement lines, grades and
46 cross sections. Comply with all shoring and trench protection requirements stated herein.
47 1. Provide excavation to the required lines, grades and subgrades.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 312317-7 TRENCHING
BID SET
2
3
4
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
3.05 EXCAVATION TO GRADE OR SUBGRADE INSPECTION
A. Trench Foundation: Provide firm earthen trench foundation for all utilities and structures.
Should the trench foundation be "soft ", the contractor shall perform the following depending on
the observed conditions:
Should the excavation to trench foundation grade reveal a "soft spot', the Contractor shall
perform the following depending on the observed conditions:
a. Satisfactory soils and insufficient compaction: The existing native soil at the trench
foundation grade is "soft" because of insufficient compaction. The contractor shall
excavate an additional 12 inches below the foundation level and compact the soil.
Provide firm trench foundation. Incidental to trench foundation preparation.
b. Unsuitable soils: The existing native soil at the trench foundation grade is "soft"
because of unsuitable soils. The Contractor shall obtain authorization to remove
(overexcavate) and dispose of the unsuitable soils, backfill the overexcavation,
compact the overexcavation backfill and be reimbursed in accordance with
authorized overexcavation and overexcavation backfill provisions stated herein.
Provide firm trench foundation.
C. Unsatisfactory soils due to excessive moisture: The existing native soil at the trench
foundation grade is "soft" because of excessive moisture. The Contractor shall
obtain authorization to remove (overexcavate) and dispose of the unsatisfactory
soils, backfill the overexcavation, compact the overexcavation backfill and be
reimbursed in accordance with authorized overexcavation and overexcavation
backfill provisions stated herein. Provide firm trench foundation.
2. Repair: Reconstruct grades, subgrades and trench foundations damaged by freezing
temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water and contamination of soils or construction
activities, as directed by Architect, without additional compensation.
26 3.06 AUTHORIZED TRENCH OVEREXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
A. Authorized Trench Overexcavation and Backfill: Authorized trench overexcavation and backfill
shall be determined by the Geotechnical Engineer and authorized by the Architect/Owner prior
to commencing the actual overexcavation and backfill work. Authorized trench overexcavation
and backfill is the excavation of soil materials beyond Trenching contract lines, grades and
subgrades and the subsequent overexcavation backfill for the following:
1. Existing "soft spot(s)" soils caused by either unsuitable soils or excessive moisture
located in the trench foundation. "Soft spots" may be encountered during execution of
Trenching work. The Contractor shall obtain authorization for each excessive moisture
"soft spot" overexcavation and backfill case on a location by location basis. Authorized
trench overexcavation and backfill for this case shall consist of trench foundation
excavation below the bottom of pipe zone level to remove trench foundation "soft spots"
encountered in execution of utility and / or utility structure work. Overexcavation backfill
shall include the subsequent backfilling of the authorized trench overexcavation.
2. Authorized trench overexcavation and backfill quantities shall be quantified immediately
after the trench overexcavation and backfill work limits are defined. The geotechnical
engineer and the Contractor shall agree in writing to the in place, neat line, field
measured authorized trench overexcavation and backfill quantities. The Contractor shall
prevent and protect the existing native soil grades from any deterioration. Deterioration
of either the native soil grades or overexcavation grades as a result of, but not limited to,
scheduling and sequencing of work, construction and equipment operations, working
hours and weather shall not be the basis for additional authorized overexcavation and
backfill. Should overexcavation and backfill be required to repair deteriorated grades, the
overexcavation and backfill repair work shall be unauthorized overexcavation. The
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 312317-8
BID SET
TRENCHING
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 Contractor shall record all authorized overexcavation and backfill locations on the Record
2 Drawings.
3 3.07 UNAUTHORIZED TRENCH OVEREXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
4 A. Unauthorized Trench Overexcavation and Backfill: Unauthorized trench overexcavation and
5 backfill is overexcavation trenching and backfilling beyond required contract lines, grades and
6 subgrades without specific authorization from the Architect / Owner. Unauthorized trench
7 overexcavation work shall be backfilled in accordance with authorized overexcavation backfill
8 requirements stated herein or as directed by the Architect. Unauthorized trench overexcavation
9 and backfill shall be at the Contractor's expense.
10 3.08 TRENCH BACKFILLING
11 A. Utility Foundation: Provide firm earthen trench foundation for all utilities
12 B. Backfilling Utility Trenches: Backfill utility trenches in accordance with Plan and specification
13 requirements. Trench sides shall be supported or shored as required to maintain safe working
14 conditions and code requirements. The trench shall be kept free from water until jointing is
15 completed. Surface water shall be diverted so as not to enter the trench. Provide dewatering in
16 accordance with requirements specified herein this section.
17 C. Utility Pipe Zone Backfill: Place and compact pipe zone bedding and backfill below, around and
18 above the piping to the dimensions shown on the Plans, but not before completing the
19 following:
20 1. Shape pipe zone bedding to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of
21 pipes and forjoints, fittings, and bodies of conduits.
22 2. Carefully compact pipe zone backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on
23 both sides and along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or
24 displacement of piping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing.
25 3. Removing temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting and backfilling of voids with
26 satisfactory materials. Backfill voids located within the pipe zone backfill zone while as a
27 result of installing and removing shoring and bracing with pipe zone backfill material.
28 D. Placement: Prior to placement of any satisfactory soil material, the Owner's retained testing
29 agency shall approve the grade for conformance with the specifications. Place fills /
30 embankments or backfills in layers not more than eight inches in loose depth for material
31 compacted by heavy compaction equipment and not more than four inches in loose depth for
32 material compacted by hand - operated tampers. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each
33 layer to required percentage of maximum dry density or relative dry density for each area
34 classification. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are unsatisfactory, muddy,
35 frozen or contain frost or ice.
36 E. On -site Nonstructural Areas Backfill or Fills: Backfills or fills / embankments in nonstructural
37 areas shall be with common fill or backfill soil material unless otherwise specified:
38 3.09 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL
39 A. Utility Foundation: Provide firm earthen trench foundation for all utilities.
40 B. Backfilling Utility Trenches: Backfill utility trenches in accordance with Plan and Specification
41 requirements. Trench sides shall be supported or shored as required to maintain safe working
42 conditions and code requirements. The trench shall be kept free from water until jointing is
43 completed. Surface water shall be diverted so as not to enter the trench. Provide dewatering
44 in accordance with requirements specified herein this section.
45 C. Utility Pipe Zone Backfill: Place and compact pipe zone bedding and backfill below, around and
46 above the piping to the dimensions shown on the Plans.
47 1. Shape pipe zone bedding to provide continuous support for bells, joints and barrels of
48 pipes and forjoints, fittings and bodies of conduits.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 312317-9 TRENCHING
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
2. Carefully compact pipe zone backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on
2
both sides and along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or
3
displacement of piping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing.
4
3. Backfill voids located within the pipe zone backfill zone while as a result of installing and
5
removing shoring and bracing with pipe zone backfill material.
6
D.
Final Backfill: Place backfill up to 12 inches over top of pipe evenly and carefully, removing rock
7
or other debris capable of damaging pipe from backfill material. Place final backfill in lifts not
8
exceeding eight inches in depth and compact to specified densities to subgrade in accordance
9
with Plan and Specification requirements. Install detectable marking directly above onsite
10
utilities 12 -18 inches below finished grade.
11
E.
Special Utility Backfills: The following conditions require special backfill installations:
12
1. Should utility trench excavation be required in or through a structural area that has been
13
previously overexcavated and filled or backfilled, the Contractor shall backfill the utility
14
trench entirely with required final backfill materials to either subbase subgrade if the utility
15
is located in an area requiring subbase materials and to subgrade in areas not requiring
16
subbase materials. Repair the filter fabric (provide satisfactory overlap in accordance
17
with manufacturer's recommendations).
18
2. Provide special concrete encasements and trench dams per Plan requirements.
19
3. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, backfill trenches excavated under footings with
20
lean concrete to elevation of bottom of footings.
21
3.010 UTILITY STRUCTURE TRENCH BACKFILL
22
A.
Utility Structure Earthen Foundation: Provide firm earthen foundation for all utility structures.
23
B.
Utility Structure Bedding: Place and compact utility structure bedding material in accordance
24
with Plan and specification requirements.
25
C.
Utility Structure Pipe Zone Backfill: Place utility structure pipe zone backfill around the base of
26
the utility structure and compact to specified densities in accordance with Plan and specification
27
requirements.
28
D.
Utility Structure Final Backfill: Place and compact utility structure final backfill at specified
29
densities to subgrade in accordance with Plan and specification requirements.
30
3.011 FIELD
QUALITY CONTROL
31
A.
Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements:
32
Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.
33
B.
Perform laboratory material tests in accordance with ASTM D1557.
34
C.
Utility Trenches: Provide in -place density tests per ASTM D 1557, minimum of one (1) field
35
density test for every 100 lineal feet of trench. Should soils be inconsistent in gradation and
36
hoe -pacs are used for trench compaction, professional judgment and observations by the
37
Owner's Geotechnical Engineer shall be utilized to determine compaction acceptability.
38
D.
Deep Utility Trenches: In trenches greater than six feet deep, provide in place density tests at
39
mid trench depth and at subgrade elevation, minimum of one (1) field density test at each
40
elevation for every 100 lineal feet of trench. The contractor shall provide a safe trench for the
41
testing agency personnel to perform the compaction tests.
42
E.
Utility Structures: Provide minimum of two in place density test within backfill area adjacent to
43
each manhole, catch basin, vault and other utility structures.
44
F.
Retesting: If additional testing is required due to failure of areas tested, pay for such retesting
45
by Owner's testing agency.
46
G.
When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved specified
47
compaction, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth required;
2015 -20 /
Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 2317-10 TRENCHING
BID SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. Contractor rework to obtain
subgrade approval is incidental to Trenching.
3.012 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Protecting finished work.
B. Protecting Trenching Installations: Protect newly installed trenching areas from traffic, freezing,
erosion and deterioration. Keep free of trash and debris.
C. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed
surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent
construction operations or weather conditions at no additional cost to the Owner.
D. Restore appearance, quality and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and
eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.
PART 4 DISPOSAL
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Protecting finished work.
B. Material Disposal: Dispose of all waste, waste material, organics, unsatisfactory soils, excess
soil materials, trash and debris at an approved offsite disposal site. Unsuitable soils that are
located within and removed while performing the required unclassified excavations shall be
disposed of offsite at no additional cost to the Owner. All disposal costs shall be incidental to
Trenching and shall not be the basis for additional costs from the Owner.
END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 2317-11
BID SET
TRENCHING
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
SECTION 31 23 23
EARTHWORK
PART 1GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
A. Section Includes:
1. Excavation of existing materials
2. Grading, excavating and preparation of grade for buildings (slabs), walks, pavements,
lawns, planting areas and other items.
3. Compaction.
4. Disposal of excess or unsuitable material.
5. Importation and placement of various fill materials.
6. Cutting, grading, and rough contouring.
7. Backfilling building perimeter to subgrade elevations.
8. Backfilling site structures to subgrade elevations.
9. Survey staking for layout and elevations and record documents.
10. Excavation of existing materials.
11. Grading and preparation of grade for buildings (slabs), walks, pavements, lawns, planting
areas and other items;
12. Compaction.
13. Quality Control.
14. Disposal of excess or unsuitable material.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 31 05 16 - Aggregates
2. Section 31 10 00 - Site Clearing, Grubbing and Demolition
3. Section 31 25 13 - Erosion Controls
4. Section 31 23 17 - Trenching
5. Section 32 12 16 - Asphalt Paving
6. Section 33 05 13 - Manholes and Structures
7. Section 33 41 00 - Storm Utility Drainage Piping
C. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Special Conditions and
Division 0 and 1 Specifications Sections apply to work specified in this Section.
D. Prework Meeting: The Contractor shall schedule and coordinate a preconstruction meeting
with Pierce County Site Development Inspector prior to commencing any project work. Comply
with inspection requirements.
E. Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of the Washington State Department of
Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction 2014
(WSDOT /APWA Publication M41 -10).
F. Design Grades: Contractor shall meet the design grades. Export of excess unclassified
excavation material and import of specified materials to meet design grades shall be included in
the Contractor's bid.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 2323-1
BID SET
EARTHWORK
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
G.
Pre - excavation Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction
2
and site improvements, including finished surfaces that might be misconstrued as damage
3
caused by earthwork operations. Submit before earthwork begins.
4
1.02 DEFINITIONS
5
A.
Backfill Material: Soil material, controlled density fill material or lean concrete used to fill an
6
excavation.
7
B.
Base Course Material: Satisfactory imported soil materials that are either provided on top of the
8
prepared subgrade or subbase materials. See Plan sections and details.
9
C.
Bedding Material: Imported soil material placed in the bottom portion of the pipe zone backfill
10
that provides pipe support.
11
D.
Borrow or Import Soil Materials: Approved soil materials provided from offsite sources. See
12
PART 2 for specific borrow or import soil material requirements.
13
E.
Common Backfill Material: Common soil material used for backfill.
14
F.
Common Fill Material: Common soil material used for fill.
15
G.
Common Soil Material: Satisfactory native soils. If excavated common soils are used on -site,
16
they shall comply with the respective aggregate specification for the intended use.
17
H.
Drain Backfill Material: Imported soil materials used to backfill around a sub - drain, wall drain or
18
roof drain to the required Plan dimensions.
19
I.
Drainage Course Material: Course supporting the building slab on grade that also minimizes
20
upward capillary flow of pore water.
21
J.
Earthen Foundation: A foundation consisting of earthen soil materials. See "rock filled trench"
22
definition.
23
K.
Excavatable Flowable Fill: Lean cement concrete fill used where future excavation may be
24
required such as fill for utility trenches, bridge abutments, and culverts.
25
L.
Fill Material: Soil materials used to raise existing grades.
26
M.
Final Backfill Material: Soil backfill material placed over the pipe zone backfill to subgrade.
27
N.
Non - Excavatable Flowable Fill: Lean cement concrete fill used where future excavation is not
28
anticipated such as fill below structure foundations and filling abandoned utilities.
29
O.
Pipe Zone Backfill Material: Soil backfill material placed below, around and above utility piping.
30
Pipe zone dimensions are shown on the Plans.
31
P.
Satisfactory Soil Materials: Soil material conforming to requirements stated in PART 2 of this
32
Section.
33 Q. Subbase Material: Satisfactory imported soil materials that are provided on top of the prepared
34 subbase subgrade. See Plan sections and details.
35 R. Subbase Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing an excavation or stripping
36 in which subbase materials are constructed upon. See plan sections and details.
37 S. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing an excavation or fill /embankment or
38 backfill that subsequent imported soil materials and / or surfacing sections are constructed
39 upon. See plan sections and details.
40 T. Soft Spots: A pocket or spot in the existing native soil subgrade or improved subgrade that will
41 not pass a proof roll test.
42 U. Top Course Material: Satisfactory imported soil materials that are either provided on top of the
43 prepared subgrade, subbase or base course materials. See Plan sections and details.
44 V. Unsatisfactory Soil Materials: Soil material that does not conform to satisfactory soil material
45 requirements.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 2323-2 EARTHWORK
BID SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
W. Unsuitable Soil Material: Native soil material that is not suited or approved for project
installation.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. The following list of resources is available to the Contractor to assist in compliance with the
requirements of this Section.
1. Low Impact Development Technical Guidance Manual for Puget Sound, December 2012
3. Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road,
Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2014 Edition, Publication M41 -10.
B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:
1. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture Density Relations of Soils Using a
4.54 -kg (1 0-1b) Rammer and a 457 -mm (18 -in.) Drop.
C. ASTM International:
1. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil
Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft- Ibf /ft3 (600 kN- m /m3)).
2. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil
Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft- Ibf /ft3 (2,700 kN- m /m3)).
3. ASTM D2487 - Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil
Classification System).
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Surveyor Certificate of Insurance.
B. Material Certificates: Provide documentation from an independent third party qualified testing
agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance of specified soil materials. One
certificate shall be provided for each of the following:
1. Common Fill
2. Borrow or Imported Soil Materials
C. Manufacturer's Data for each of the following:
1. Detectable Marking Tape and / or wire
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Permits: Unless otherwise required in the General Conditions, the Contractor shall pick up the
permits from the City for site development work. Abide by all requirements thereof.
Coordinate with Section 31 23 17 Trenching requirements.
B. Schedule: Comply with critical time schedule established for construction and take necessary
measures to insure schedule is met. Per General Conditions, take advantage of good weather
and daylight hours permitted by local ordinances as necessary to meet construction schedule.
Coordinate with project phasing and sequencing requirements described in PART 3 herein this
Section.
C. Facilities: Develop all weather staging areas, temporary and permanent drainage facilities,
temporary and permanent stormwater pollution prevention facilities and whatever methods and
facilities are required to accomplish work within time schedule set and at cost bid. Review
these areas and facilities with Owner and Engineer prior to implementation.
D. Layout: Have layout of work under this Section by Washington State Licensed Land Surveyor
who is acceptable to Architect / Engineer. If discrepancies are found by surveyor between
Drawings and actual conditions at site, Architect reserves the right to make such minor
adjustments in work specified as necessary to accomplish intent of Contract Documents without
increased cost to Owner.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 312323-3
BID SET
EARTHWORK
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 E. Survey Control Points: Carefully maintain benchmarks, monuments and other reference points.
2 If disturbed or destroyed, replace as directed.
3 F. Record Drawings: Coordinate with Division 1 for general project record drawing requirements.
4 Coordinate with specification 33 41 00 Storm Utility Drainage Piping for specific utility "As Built"
5 document requirements. A Washington State Licensed Land Surveyor who is acceptable to the
6 Owner shall prepare Record Drawings.
7 G. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless
8 permitted in writing by Architect and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility
9 services according to requirements indicated.
10 1. Notify Architect not less than two workdays in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
11 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect's written permission.
12 3. Contact utility - locator service for area before excavating.
13 H. Weather: The Contractor is strongly advised to review the rainfall and weather records over the
14 last seven year time period (2007 to present). Actual rainfall records over the last seven year
15 period may vary from average normal (NOAH) rainfall totals. The actual rainfall may have
16 saturated existing soils and / or raised localized perched groundwater tables on the site.
17 I. Soils Information: Not available.
18 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
19 A. Perform Work in accordance with applicable provisions of Standard Specifications for Road,
20 Bridge and Municipal Construction 2014 (WSDOT /APWA Publication M41 -10).
21 B. Maintain one (1) copy of each document onsite.
22 C. Provide each material from single source throughout the Work.
23 PART 2 PRODUCTS
24 2.01 FILL MATERIALS
25 A. Common Fill and Backfill Material: Common fill and backfill material shall consist of common
26 soil materials. Common fill and / or backfill material may consist of existing satisfactory native
27 soils, satisfactory imported soils or reclaimed unsatisfactory soils (imported and / or native).
28 Reclamation of unsatisfactory soils requires that the moisture content be reduced to or below
29 the optimum moisture content to comply with satisfactory soil requirements by reconditioning,
30 drying, aerating or blending the unsatisfactory soils with other satisfactory soils.
31 B. Borrow or Imported Soil Materials:
32 1. Subbase Material or Structural Fill: Structural fill shall conform to Section 9- 03.14(1) of
33 WSDOT /APWA, modified from 7.0% to 5.0% passing the U.S. No. 200 sieve.
34 PART 3 EXECUTION
35 3.01 GENERAL
36 A. Project Phasing and Sequencing: General project phasing and sequencing requirements are
37 described in Division 1 of the Specifications and Architectural Plans. Supplemental sitework
38 sequencing requirements are described in the civil plans and specifications. The Contractor
39 shall comply with all general and supplemental project phasing and sequencing requirements.
40 B. Supplemental Project Sequencing / Scheduling requirements: The Contractor shall expect to
41 perform Earthwork operations during rainy /wet weather conditions in the spring, summer, fall,
42 and winter months. The Contractor shall implement and employ means and methods necessary
43 to provide satisfactory installations in accordance with Plan and Specification requirements
44 within the project schedule time frame. Schedule Earthwork operations to minimize existing
45 earthen soil disturbances. The Contractor's ability to perform Earthwork work with moisture
46 sensitive soils may be impossible and may require the contractor to cease Earthwork
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 2323-4 EARTHWORK
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
operations until some soil healing occurs. Time delays caused by the contractor's inability to
2
perform Earthwork operations with existing saturated soils shall not be the basis for additional
3
money or time claims. Inactive workdays or wet weather days shall be expected and planned
4
for in the Contractor's schedule and bid without extra cost to the Owner, except in abnormal wet
5
weather cases. Extreme wet weather cases shall be only considered over a monthly time
6
period versus per storm, daily or weekly basis. Abnormal wet weather cases shall be only in
7
accordance with contract General Condition requirements.
8
C.
Earthwork Protection: All earthwork located in the project work areas, including but not limited
9
to required project excavations, fills and backfills, soil material stockpiles shall be protected
10
from the weather. Protect installed structural areas (areas that have received the required
11
structural fill) from deterioration at all times. Deterioration may include but not be limited to soft
12
spots created from heavy equipment activity, repeated equipment activity or surface
13
contamination from tracking nonstructural soils to these structural pads. In any case,
14
deterioration caused by the Contractor's operations shall be repaired at the Contractor's
15
expense. Coordinate with Section 31 25 13 Erosion Controls requirements
16
D.
Dewatering: Prevent surface water and subsurface or groundwater from flowing into
17
excavations and from flooding project work and surrounding area. Do not allow water to
18
accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of soils located at the bottom of
19
excavations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines and
20
other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations.
21
Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation
22
limits to convey rain water runoff and water removed from excavations. The dewatering
23
discharge shall discharge to the temporary TESC facilities in accordance with plan
24
requirements. The Contractor shall employ and have readily available equipment and methods
25
to satisfactorily dewater for acceptable installation. Dewatering is incidental to Earthwork.
26
E.
Mining On -site Materials: Mining onsite materials for offsite export use is prohibited.
27
F.
Construction Water: All water required for construction shall be acquired / provided by the
28
Contractor. Existing fire hydrants may be utilized for construction water provided the Contractor
29
coordinate and obtain approval from the Owner / Rainier View. The Contractor shall be
30
responsible to pay for all metering and water charged required for providing construction water.
31
G.
Earthwork Volumes: The project earthwork volumes do not balance Earthwork fills and backfills
32
shall be with required satisfactory soil materials in accordance with requirements stated herein
33
this Section and the Plans. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible to provide satisfactory
34
soil volumes to meet design grades. In the event that unsatisfactory soil volumes exceed
35
satisfactory soil volumes either because of existing saturated native soil conditions or because
36
of improper contractor soil protection management methods, the Contractor shall provide
37
satisfactory imported soils in volumes to meet common fill and backfill requirements. All costs to
38
provide satisfactory soils shall be included in the Contractors bid and not be the basis of
39
additional costs for the Owner. Excess soil material volumes shall be disposed of in
40
accordance with requirements stated herein this Section.
41
H.
Earthwork Protection: All Earthwork located in the project work areas, including but not limited
42
to required project excavations, fills and backfills, soil material stockpiles shall be protected
43
from the weather. Coordinate with Section 31 25 13 Erosion Control requirements.
44
1. Underpin adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation work, including
45
service utilities and pipe chases.
46
2. Grade excavation top perimeter to prevent surface water runoff into excavation or to
47
adjacent properties.
48 I. Supplemental Protection requirements: Protect installed structural areas (areas that have
49 received the required structural fill) from deterioration at all times. Deterioration may include
50 but not be limited to soft spots created from heavy equipment activity, repeated equipment
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 312323-5 EARTHWORK
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
activity or surface contamination from tracking nonstructural soils to these structural pads. In
2
any case, deterioration caused by the Contractor's operations shall be repaired at the
3
Contractor's expense.
4
J.
Material Storage: Stockpile satisfactory materials until required for backfill or fill. Stockpile
5
borrow or imported soil materials and satisfactory soil materials without intermixing or
6
contamination. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. Locate and retain soil
7
materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of trees. Comply with
8
project phasing and sequencing requirements and earthwork protection requirements stated
9
herein. Protect and cover exposed earthen material soil stockpiles in accordance with Plan and
10
Specification requirements.
11
K.
Alternate Bids: If there are Alternate Bids, they may affect the project earthwork volumes.
12
Alternate bid work involving excavation, fill, backfill, handling or disposal volumes shall be
13
included in the Alternate bid pricing.
14
L.
Site Accessibility: Coordinate with the Architectural Plan requirements.
15
M.
Mining On -site Materials: Mining onsite materials for offsite export use is prohibited.
16
N.
Explosives: Explosive blasting is strictly forbidden.
17
O.
Survey Control: Establish horizontal and vertical control as required to execute the work.
18
P.
Traffic Control: Installation and maintenance of all required traffic control work for installation of
19
street improvements is incidental to Earthwork. Contractor to prepare and submit a traffic
20
control plan to the Pierce County Public Works Department for review and approval prior to
21
construction of work in the County right -of -way.
22
Q.
Existing Utilities: Notify utility agencies as required by state laws prior to commencing earthwork
23
operations. Locate existing underground utilities in areas of work. Expose existing utilities
24
when necessary to insure that no grade conflict exists with utilities. If utilities are to remain in
25
place, provide adequate means of protection during earthwork operations. Do not interrupt
26
existing utilities except when permitted in writing by Utility. Temporary utility services may be
27
required. Provide minimum of two working days notice to Utility, Engineer and Owner and
28
receive written approval to proceed before interrupting utility.
29
R.
Utility Interruption: Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by
30
others except when permitted in writing by Architect and then only after acceptable temporary
31
utility services have been provided. Provide minimum of two (2) working days notice to utility
32
agency and Engineer and receive written notice to proceed before interrupting utility.
33
S.
Protection: Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage
34
caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by
35
earthwork operations.
36
3.02 PREPARATION
37
A.
Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
38
B.
Call the Utility Line Information service at 1- 800 - 424 -5555 not less than two (2) working days
39
before performing Work.
40
1. Request underground utilities to be located and marked within and surrounding
41
construction areas.
42
C.
Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum.
43
D.
Notify Architect / Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected work
44
in area until notified to resume work.
45
E.
Maintain and protect existing utilities to remain.
46
F.
Verify building foundation or basement walls are braced to support surcharge forces imposed
47
by backfilling operations.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 312323-6 EARTHWORK
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
G.
Underpin adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation work.
2
3.03 EXCAVATION
3
A.
Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to required subgrade elevations, lines and grades within
4
specified tolerances regardless of character of materials and obstructions encountered unless
5
otherwise directed by the Architect / Engineer. Unsuitable soils located within contract
6
unclassified excavation limits shall be removed as unclassified excavation, disposed of in
7
accordance with requirements stated herein this Section and shall not be basis for additional
8
costs. Unsatisfactory soils located within contract unclassified excavation limits shall be
9
removed as unclassified excavation and either processed to comply with common fill or backfill
10
material requirements or disposed of offsite and shall not be the basis of additional costs. All
11
unclassified excavation shall become the property of the contractor.
12
B.
Protection of Persons and Property: Minimize extent of open excavations after regular working
13
hours. Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post warning lights.
14
Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction. Slope sides of
15
excavations to comply with WAC 296 -155, OSHA, WISHA, local codes and ordinances having
16
jurisdiction.
17
C.
Structural Area Excavation Criteria: Structural areas shall require unclassified excavations to
18
either subgrade or subbase subgrade in accordance with Plan requirements and shall be
19
included in the contractor's bid.
20
D.
Excavation for Building Pad: Shall conform to the lines and grades shown on the Plans within
21
specified tolerances. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the integrity of the
22
building pad through construction at the bid cost.
23
E.
Other On -site Structural Area Excavations:
24
1. Excavation for Miscellaneous Structural Area Improvements: Excavation for site stairs
25
and retaining walls shall comply with cross sections, elevations and grades as shown in
26
the Plans.
27
2. Excavation for Asphaltic Pavements: Excavate surface under pavements to comply with
28
cross sections, elevations and grades as shown in the Plans.
29
3. Excavation for Concrete Walks: Excavate surface under walks to comply with cross
30
sections, elevations and grades as shown in Plans.
31
F.
On -site Nonstructural Area Excavations:
32
1. Excavation in Slope Areas: Prior to placement of fill / embankments, excavate or key into
33
the existing slopes to common fill subgrades in accordance with Plan requirements.
34
2. Excavations for Rain Gardens: Excavate to required lines, grades and subgrades shown
35
on the Plans.
36
G.
Excavation near Trees That Remain: Paint root cuts of one -inch diameter and larger with
37
emulsified tree paint. Coordinate with Landscape Plan. Cleanly cut any roots of trees to
38
remain that are encountered. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots
39
from drying out. Cover roots with earth as soon as possible.
40
H.
Stripping: Excavate or strip all sod and organic material within the grading limits prior to
41
commencing required unclassified excavations and / or backfills. All required stripping shall be
42
included in the contractors bid. The average stripping depth is approximately six inches in the
43
existing sod areas. The stripping depth in existing planter areas varies. Dispose of strippings in
44
accordance with disposal requirements stated herein this Section.
45
3.04 EXCAVATION TO GRADE OR SUBGRADE INSPECTION
46
A.
Excavation to Grade Inspection: The contractor shall schedule, coordinate and safely allow the
47
geotechnical engineer to inspect the condition of soils upon completion of all excavations to
48
grade. The geotechnical engineer may require a probe test, a proof roll test or some other test
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 312323-7 EARTHWORK
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 to verify the condition of the soils at the excavation to grade elevation prior to placement of
2 subsequent fills / backfills. For example, in a trench excavation, the required excavation to
3 grade shall be located at the foundation grade. The Geotechnical Engineer may inspect and /
4 or test the foundation grade for soil firmness / stability prior to the placement of subsequent
5 trench bedding and backfill materials. Another example, in an area where required excavation
6 of stripping and topsoil to grade is complete, the Geotechnical Engineer shall inspect and / or
7 test the soils at the excavation to grade elevation for soil firmness / stability prior to the
8 placement of subsequent backfill and / or fill materials. Should the Geotechnical Engineer
9 determine that the soils located at the excavation to grade elevation are firm / stable,
10 subsequent backfill and fill installation work may continue in accordance with backfill and fill
11 provisions herein. Should the Geotechnical Engineer determine that the soils located at the
12 excavation to grade elevation are not firm / stable, the Geotechnical Engineer may determine
13 that overexcavation or other corrective measures be implemented.
14 B. Excavation to Subgrade for Base and Top Course Inspection: The contractor shall schedule,
15 coordinate and safely allow the geotechnical engineer to inspect the condition of soils upon
16 completion of all excavations to subgrade for base and top course locations. Excavation to
17 subgrade for base and top courses shall be defined as required excavation to base and top
18 course subgrades. The Geotechnical Engineer shall inspect and / or test the soils at the base
19 and top course subgrade for soil firmness / stability prior to the placement of subsequent base
20 and top course fill materials. Should the Geotechnical Engineer determine that the soils located
21 at the base and top course grade are acceptable, subsequent base and top course fill
22 installation work may continue in accordance with fill provisions herein. Should the
23 Geotechnical Engineer determine that the soils located at the base and top course subgrade
24 are not acceptable; the Geotechnical Engineer may determine that overexcavation or other
25 corrective measures be implemented.
26 C. Proof Roll Test: A proof roll test may be required at any grade at the Geotechnical Engineer's
27 discretion. However, a proof roll test shall be required at minimum at all structural area
28 pavement subgrades and be performed immediately prior to executing subsequent paving
29 work. The Contractor shall notify the Owners Geotechnical Engineer and Civil Engineer a
30 minimum of two (2) working days prior to proof roll test:
31 1. Proof roll subgrade with heavy pneumatic -tired equipment to identify potential soft spots
32 and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof -roll wet or saturated grades and subgrades.
33 2. Completely proof roll the subgrade in one direction and repeat proof - rolling in direction
34 perpendicular to first direction. Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph.
35 3. Proof -roll with a loaded ten wheel, tandem axle dump truck weighing not less than 15
36 tons.
37 4. Should the subgrade surface area not deflect, the proof roll test will be considered
38 acceptable and subsequent fill / embankment work may commence.
39 5. Should the subgrade surface area deflect and fail the proof roll test and / or reveal a soft
40 spot, the Contractor shall perform the following depending on the observed conditions:
41 a. Satisfactory soils and insufficient compaction: The existing native soil grade or
42 subgrade is "soft" because of insufficient compaction. The Contractor shall excavate
43 the top 12 inches of the grade or subgrade, scarify and compact the soil until the
44 proof roll test passes. "Soft spot" excavations resulting from insufficient compaction of
45 existing soils are incidental to the subgrade preparation work.
46 b. Unsuitable soils: The existing native soil grade or subgrade is "soft" because of
47 unsuitable soils. The Contractor shall obtain authorization to remove and dispose of
48 the unsuitable soils, backfill the excavation, compact the backfill and be reimbursed in
49 accordance with authorized overexcavation and backfill change order provisions.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 312323-8 EARTHWORK
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 C. Unsatisfactory soils due to excessive moisture: The existing native soil grade or
2 subgrade is "soft" because of excessive moisture. The Contractor shall seek the
3 geotechnical engineer's corrective recommendation; obtain authorization to perform
4 the corrective action from the Architect and Owner prior to executing the corrective
5 action. Reimbursement shall be in accordance with contract change order provisions.
6 6. Should the grade or subgrade surface area not deflect, the proof roll test will be
7 considered acceptable and fill / embankment or backfill work may commence.
8 D. Repair: Reconstruct grades, subgrades and damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain,
9 accumulated water, contamination of soils or construction activities, as directed by Architect /
10 Owners Geotechnical Engineer, without additional compensation.
11 3.05 UNAUTHORIZED OVEREXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
12 A. Unauthorized Overexcavation: Unauthorized overexcavation is the excavation of soil materials
13 beyond contract lines and grades without specific authorization from the Architect / Owner.
14 Unauthorized overexcavation shall be at the Contractor's expense.
15 B. Unauthorized Overexcavation Fill or Backfill: Unauthorized overexcavation fill or backfill is the
16 installation of fill or backfill materials in unauthorized overexcavations to required contract lines,
17 grades and subgrades without specific authorization from the Architect / Owner. Unauthorized
18 overexcavation shall be filled or backfilled in accordance with authorized overexcavation fill or
19 backfill requirements stated herein or as directed by the Architect. Unauthorized
20 overexcavation fill or backfill shall be at the Contractor's expense.
21 C. Fill or Backfill unauthorized overexcavation under building footings by extending bottom
22 elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation.
23 Or lean concrete fill, with 28 day compressive strength of 2,500 psi, may be used when
24 approved by Architect.
25 3.06 AUTHORIZED OVEREXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
26 A. Authorized Overexcavation and Backfill: Authorized overexcavation and backfill shall be
27 determined by the Geotechnical Engineer and authorized by the Architect / Owner prior to
28 commencing the actual overexcavation and backfill work. Authorized overexcavation is the
29 excavation of soil materials beyond contract lines and grades and the subsequent backfill to
30 contract lines and grades prior to overexcavation for the following cases:
31 1. Unsuitable soil materials that are exposed at the bottom of required excavation to lines,
32 grades and subgrades. Authorized overexcavation and backfill for this case shall be
33 reimbursed in accordance with contract change order provisions.
34 2. Existing "soft spot(s)" soils caused by excessive moisture in native soils located at the
35 bottom of required excavation to lines, grades and subgrades, especially in structural
36 areas. "Soft spots" may be encountered during execution of the work. The Contractor
37 shall obtain authorization for each excessive moisture "soft spot" overexcavation and
38 backfill case on a location by location basis. Authorized overexcavation and backfill for
39 this case shall consist of excavation below the required lines, grades and subgrades
40 remove "soft spots" encountered in execution of work and the subsequent backfill of
41 authorized materials. Authorized excessive moisture "soft spot" overexcavation and
42 backfill for this case shall be reimbursed in accordance with contract change order
43 provisions.
44 3. Existing "soft spot" locations caused by insufficient compaction of existing native soil (the
45 moisture content and soils are satisfactory). Overexcavation and backfill for this case is
46 incidental to the base bid work (see EXCAVATION TO GRADE OR SUBGRADE
47 INSPECTION, Proof Roll Test requirements herein this Section).
48 B. Authorized overexcavation and backfill quantities shall be quantified immediately after the
49 overexcavation and backfill work limits are defined. The geotechnical engineer and the
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 2323-9 EARTHWORK
BID SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
Contractor shall agree in writing to the in- place, neat line, field measured authorized
overexcavation and backfill quantities. The Contractor shall prevent and protect the existing
native soil grades from any deterioration. Deterioration of either the native soil grades or
overexcavation and backfill grades as a result of, but not limited to, scheduling and sequencing
of work, construction and equipment operations, working hours and weather shall not be the
basis for additional authorized overexcavation. Should overexcavation be required to repair
deteriorated grades, the overexcavation and backfill repair work shall be unauthorized
overexcavation. The Contractor shall record all authorized overexcavation and backfill locations
on the Record Drawings.
10 3.07 BACKFILLING
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
MA
A. Systematically backfill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill over
porous, wet, frozen or spongy subgrade surfaces.
B. General: Place and compact backfill and fill in excavations promptly, but not before completing
the following:
1. Construction below finish grade including, where applicable, subdrainage, dampproofing,
waterproofing and perimeter insulation.
2. Surveying and recording locations of underground utilities for Record Documents.
3. Inspection, testing, approval of subgrades.
4. Testing and inspecting underground utilities.
5. Removing concrete formwork.
6. Removing trash and debris.
7. Removing temporary shoring and bracing and sheeting and backfilling of voids with
satisfactory materials.
C. Placement: Prior to placement of any satisfactory soil material, the Owner's retained testing
agency shall approve the grade for conformance with the specifications. Place fills /
embankments or backfills in layers not more than eight inches in loose depth for material
compacted by heavy compaction equipment and not more than four inches in loose depth for
material compacted by hand operated tampers. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each
layer to required percentage of maximum dry density or relative dry density for each area
classification. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are unsatisfactory, muddy,
frozen or contain frost or ice.
D. Structural Area Fill / Backfill Criteria: Structural areas shall require satisfactory soil materials
above grades in accordance with Plan and Specification requirements and shall be included in
the contractor's bid.
E. Backfill for Site Retaining Wall Footing Foundations: Backfill shall conform to the lines, grades
and cross sections shown on the Plans within specified tolerances.
F. Remove surplus backfill materials from site.
G. Leave fill material stockpile areas free of excess fill materials.
H. Fill and Backfill Adjacent to Structures: Fill and backfill materials adjacent to structures shall be
per Plan requirements. Place fill and backfill materials evenly, adjacent to structures, to
required elevations. Maximum lift thickness shall be six inches in depth. Take care to prevent
wedging action of backfill against structures by carrying material uniformly around structure to
approximately same elevation in each lift. Backfill within two horizontal feet of the building walls
shall be compacted to 90% and shall not be installed with heavy equipment such as vibratory
rollers or hoepacs.
I. Other On -site Structural Area Fills or Backfills:
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 2323-10
BID SET
EARTHWORK
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 1. Fills or Backfills for Miscellaneous Structural Area Improvements: Fills to subbase
2 subgrade for site stairs and retaining walls shall be common fill material unless otherwise
3 shown on the Plans. Install fills to comply with cross sections, elevations and grades as
4 required in the Plans and Specifications.
5 2. Fills for Asphaltic Pavements: Fills to subgrade for asphaltic pavements shall be common
6 fill material unless otherwise shown on the Plans. Install fills to comply with cross
7 sections, elevations and grades as required in the Plans and Specifications. Pavement
8 section materials are specified on the Plans and specification Section 32 12 16 Asphalt
9 Paving.
10 3. Fills for Concrete Walks: Fills to subgrade for concrete walks shall be common fill
11 material unless otherwise shown on the Plans. Install fills to comply with cross sections,
12 elevations and grades as required in the Plans and Specifications. Concrete walk base
13 course fills above subgrade shall be crushed surfacing top course material unless
14 otherwise shown on the Plans. Install fills above subgrade to comply with cross sections,
15 elevations and grades as required in the Plans and Specifications.
16 J. On -site Nonstructural Areas Backfill or Fills: Backfills or fills / embankments in nonstructural
17 areas shall be with common fill or backfill soil material unless otherwise specified:
18 K. Backfill and Fill within Tree Protection Zone: Backfill within the tree protection zone shall be
19 performed with light equipment. The use of heavy equipment, such as dozers, loaders,
20 excavators and rollers shall be prohibited. The contractor may submit for Architect
21 consideration to allow the use of heavy equipment provided he /she does the following:
22 1. Retain a certified arborist.
23 2. The arborist and the contractor prepare and submit a detailed work plan that will allow the
24 use of heavy equipment without causing damage to the tree system.
25 3. Obtain Architect approval
26 3.08 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS
27 A. Compact soil materials in maximum eight inch lifts under all areas (structural and nonstructural)
28 to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according to
29 ASTM D 1557:
30 1. Structural Areas: Compact the top 12 inches of existing grade (after removal of stripping)
31 and each layer of fill or backfill soil material to subgrade at 95 percent maximum density.
32 In addition, the subgrade in either an excavation or fill to subgrade condition must pass a
33 proof roll test.
34 2. Nonstructural Areas: Compact the top 12 inches of existing grade and each layer of fill or
35 backfill soil material to subgrade at 90 percent maximum density. Non - structural areas
36 are not required to pass a proof roll test.
37 3. Should agency testing be limited due to inconsistent soil conditions, professional
38 judgment and observations by the Owner's Geotechnical Engineer shall be utilized to
39 determine compaction acceptability.
40 B. Proof Roll Test: See FILL OR BACKFILL SUBGRADE INSPECTION requirements.
41 3.09 FILL OR BACKFILL TO SUBGRADE INSPECTION
42 A. Upon completion of the contract fill and backfill to subgrades in structural areas, notify Architect
43 when fills and backfills have reached the required subgrade for proof roll testing. The
44 Contractor shall proof roll test the subgrades in the presence of the Geotechnical and
45 Civil Engineer.
46 B. Proof -roll subgrade in all structural areas with heavy pneumatic -tired equipment to identify soft
47 spots and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof roll wet or saturated subgrades.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 2323-11 EARTHWORK
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 1. Completely proof -roll subgrade in one direction and repeat proof rolling in direction
2 perpendicular to first direction. Limit vehicle speed to three mph.
3 2. Proof roll with a loaded ten wheel, tandem axle dump truck weighing not less than 15
4 tons.
5 C. Should the subgrade surface of the proof roll tested area not deflect, it will be considered
6 acceptable and work may continue progressing.
7 D. Should the subgrade surface of the proof roll tested area deflect and fail the test and / or a soft
8 spot be revealed, the Contractor shall excavate the failed areas, recompact and / or replace
9 and recompact the affected areas. Replacing and recompacting soils will be incidental to fill
10 and backfill work. The soil will be retested and must pass a subsequent proof roll test.
11 3.010 GRADING
12 A. General Grading: Grade areas to conform to required lines, grades and subgrades specified
13 herein. Work shall include, but not be limited to, preparation of native material to receive
14 backfill and fills, excavating and removal of native materials, providing various imported soil
15 materials, grading and compacting soils to the design subgrade elevations. All areas around
16 the building pad shall be graded to provide positive drainage away from the building. During
17 construction positive drainage shall be provided at roadways, parking and staging areas being
18 driven on and other areas as necessary for construction. Positive drainage shall be
19 accomplished by establishing grades as designed or by interim methods as necessary.
20 1. Grade Control: During construction, maintain lines and grades including crown and cross -
21 slope of subgrade. Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface
22 changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and
23 elevations indicated.
24 2. Compaction: After grading, compact subgrade surfaces to depth and percentage of
25 maximum density for each area classification.
26 3. Structural Areas: Shape all subgrades to required lines and grades within one half inch
27 above or below required subgrade elevations.
28 3.011 TOLERANCES
29 A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Tolerances.
30 B. Uniformly grade areas within grading limits, including adjacent transition areas. Smooth
31 finished surface within specified tolerances, compact with uniform levels or slopes between
32 points where elevations are indicated or between such points and existing grades. Finish
33 surfaces free of irregular surface changes and as follows:
34 1. Nonstructural Areas: Establish final subgrade areas to receive topsoil mix no more than
35 0.10 feet above or below required subgrade elevations. The Contractor shall obtain
36 Architect's approval of subgrade prior to placement of topsoil materials. There shall be
37 no spoils, loose material, ridges, valleys, etc..., remaining on the subgrade prior to
38 placement of topsoil materials.
39 2. Structural Areas: Shape all subgrades to required lines and grades within one half inch
40 above or below required subgrade elevations.
41 3.012 COMPACTION
42 A. Compact soil materials in maximum eight inch lifts under all areas (structural and nonstructural)
43 to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according to
44 ASTM D 1557:
45 1. Structural Areas: Compact the top 12 inches of existing grade and each layer of fill or
46 backfill soil material to subgrade at 95 percent maximum density. In addition, the
47 subgrade in either an excavation or fill to subgrade condition must pass a proof roll test.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 2323-12 EARTHWORK
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
2. Nonstructural Areas: Compact the top six inches of existing grade and each layer of fill or
2
backfill soil material to subgrade at 90 percent maximum density. Nonstructural areas are
3
not required to pass a proof roll test.
4
3. Should agency testing be limited due to inconsistent soil conditions, professional
5
judgment and observations by the Owner's Geotechnical Engineer shall be utilized to
6
determine compaction acceptability.
7
B.
Proof Roll Testing and Subgrade Testing requirements are provided herein this section.
8
3.013 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL
9
A.
Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be moisture conditioned before
10
compaction, provide water to surface of subgrade or layer of soil material to prevent free water
11
appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations. Remove and replace, or
12
scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to specified density. Soil
13
material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction may be stockpiled
14
or spread and allowed to dry. Assist drying by discing, harrowing or pulverizing until moisture
15
content is reduced to satisfactory value. Moisture control will be incidental to Earthwork with no
16
additional cost to the Owner.
17
B.
Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer before
18
compaction to within two percent of optimum moisture content.
19
1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain
20
frost or ice.
21
2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry otherwise satisfactory soil material that
22
exceeds optimum moisture content by two percent and is too wet to compact to specified
23
dry unit weight at contractor's expense.
24
3.014 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
25
A.
General: Coordinate, schedule, notify and allow testing service to inspect and approve grades
26
and fill /backfill layers before further construction work is performed. Independent testing
27
agency employed by Owner will perform inspections and testing as specified below: Give
28
advance notice and allow testing service to inspect and approve subgrades and fill layers
29
before further construction work is performed. Testing service shall perform field density tests
30
in accordance with ASTM D 1557 as applicable. Should native soils be inconsistent in
31
gradation for agency testing, professional judgment and observations by the Owner's
32
Geotechnical Engineer shall be utilized to determine compaction acceptability.
33
B.
Structural Area Subgrade: Testing service will make at least one field density test of subgrade
34
for every 2,000 square feet of paved area, but in no case less than three (3) tests. In each
35
compacted fill layer, testing service will make one field density test for every 2,000 square feet
36
of overlying paved area, but in no case less than three (3) tests. Proof roll testing may be
37
required in lieu of agency testing should inconsistent native soil conditions require these tests.
38
If, in the opinion of the Engineer, based on testing service reports and inspection, subgrade or
39
fills that have been placed are below specified density, provide additional compaction for
40
retesting.
41
C.
Retesting: If additional testing is required due to failure of areas tested, pay for such retesting
42
by Owner's testing agency.
43
D.
When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved specified
44
compaction, scarify and moisten or aerate or remove and replace soil to depth required;
45
recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. Contractor rework to obtain
46
subgrade approval is incidental to fill and backfill work and shall not be the basis for additional
47
costs from the owner.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 2323-13 EARTHWORK
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
I 147111 :J:10111*QIDI►
2 A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep
3 free of trash and debris.
4 B. Prevent displacement or loose soil from falling into excavation; maintain soil stability.
5 C. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed
6 surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent
7 construction operations or weather conditions at no additional cost to the Owner.
8 1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Architect; reshape
9 and recompact.
10 2. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished
11 surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact and reconstruct surfacing.
12 3. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work,
13 and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.
14 3.016 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
15 A. Disposal of Surplus and Waste Materials: Dispose of all strippings, waste material, organics,
16 trash and debris at an approved offsite disposal site. Unsuitable soils that are located within
17 and removed while performing the required unclassified excavations shall be disposed of offsite
18 at no additional cost to the Owner. All disposal costs shall be incidental to Earthwork and shall
19 not be the basis for additional costs from the Owner.
20 B. Dispose of authorized overexcavation soils offsite at an approved location in accordance with
21 Unit Price provisions.
22 C. Protection of Graded Areas: Protect graded areas from traffic and from becoming excessively
23 wetted or eroded due to weather conditions. Keep free of trash and debris. Repair and re-
24 establish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to specified tolerances at no additional cost
25 to the Owner.
26 D. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by
27 subsequent construction operations, deterioration or adverse weather, repair prior to further
28 construction with no additional cost to the Owner.
29 E. Settling: Where settling is measurable or observable at excavated areas during general project
30 warranty period, remove surface (pavement, lawn or other finish), add backfill material,
31 compact, retest and replace surface treatment. Restore appearance, quality and condition of
32 surface or finish to match adjacent work and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent
33 possible at no additional cost to the Owner.
34 END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 2323-14 EARTHWORK
BID SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
/0
1
2
3
4
A
0
1
2
3
4
5
I_1
B.
C.
A.
1
2
B.
1
C.
1
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
SECTION 31 25 13
EROSION CONTROL
GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
Content: Use effective and appropriate methods for soil protection, slope protection,
erosion control and control of dust generation. Methods for soil protection, slope protection
and erosion control include, but are not limited to:
Plastic covering
Catch basin inlet protection
Pavement sweeping
Source control measures
1.02 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of preventing erosion and providing, installing, removing and
disposing of stormwater pollution items in accordance with the 2014 WSDOT / APWA
Specifications, the 2012 Pierce County Stormwater Management Manual and as shown in
the Plans or as designated by the Engineer.
Permits: The contractor shall pick up the Erosion control permit from the City. The Owner
has paid all erosion control plan fees.
1.03 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
Section 31 05 16 - Aggregates.
Section 31 10 00 - Site Clearing, Grubbing and Demolition.
Section 31 23 17 - Trenching
Section 31 23 23 - Earthwork
Section 32 12 16 - Asphalt Paving
1.04 DEFINITIONS
BMP: Best Management Practice. The terms BMP's and TESC measures are often used to
mean the same thing. Examples of BMP's or TESC measures include silt fence
installations, CB protection installations, temporary sediment trap installations, etc.
TESC: Temporary Erosion Sedimentation Control.
SWPPP: Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan also known as Erosion and Sedimentation
Control Plan.
1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:
AASHTO T88 - Standard Specification for Particle Size Analysis of Soils.
AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture Density Relations of Soils Using a
4.54 -kg (1 0-1b) Rammer and a 457 -mm (18 -in.) Drop.
American Concrete Institute:
ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete.
ASTM International:
ASTM C127 - Standard Test Method for Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity), and
Absorption of Coarse Aggregate.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 25 13 (1) - 1
BID SET
EROSION CONTROLS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
2. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil
Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft- Ibf /ft3 (600 kN- m /m3)).
3. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil
Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft- Ibf /ft3 (2,700 kN- m /m3)).
4. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate in Place by
Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
5. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by
Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
D. Precast /Prestressed Concrete Institute:
1. PCI MNL -116S - Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Precast and
Prestressed Concrete Products.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.
B. Product Data: Provide documentation for each of the following:
1. Straw Wattles
2. Catch Basin Protection
C. Copies of all required TESC site stormwater monitoring and testing documentation, field
and site logs, and all inspection observation / corrective reports stated herein and on the
Plans.
D. Material Certificates: Provide documentation from an independent third party qualified
testing agency indicating compliance with contract requirements.
1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with Washington State Department of Transportation 2014
Standard Specifications.
B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
C. Comply with contract requirements.
D. Report all City required TESC deviations immediately to the Architect and Engineer.
Comply with City directed TESC requirements.
1.08 PRE - INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre - installation meeting.
B. Prework Meeting: The Contractor shall schedule and coordinate preconstruction meeting
with the City Site Development Inspector prior to commencing any project work. Comply
with inspection requirements.
1.09 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on
site.
PRODUCTS
1.10 MATERIALS
A. Plastic Covering /Sheeting: Shall conform to Plan requirements and WSDOT Standard
Specifications Section 9 -14 requirements.
B. Catch Basin Inlet Protection: Shall conform to Plan requirements.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 25 13 (1) - 2
BID SET
EROSION CONTROLS
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
EXECUTION
2
1.11 GENERAL
3
A.
General: Project Phasing and Sequencing: General project phasing and sequencing
4
requirements are described in Division 1 of the Specifications and Plan requirements.
5
Supplemental sitework phasing and sequencing requirements are described in the Civil
6
Plans. The Contractor shall comply with all general and supplemental project phasing and
7
sequencing requirements.
8
B.
Supplemental Project Sequencing / Scheduling requirements: The Contractor shall expect
9
to perform site work operations during rainy / wet weather conditions in the spring, summer,
10
fall, and winter months. The Contractor shall implement and employ means and methods
11
necessary to provide satisfactory installations in accordance with Plan and Specification
12
requirements within the project schedule time frame. Schedule site work operations to
13
minimize existing earthen soil disturbances. The Contractor's ability to perform site work
14
may be impossible and may require the contractor to cease site work operations. Time
15
delays caused by the contractor's inability to perform site work operations with existing
16
saturated soils shall not be the basis for additional money or time claims. Inactive site work
17
workdays or wet weather days shall be expected and planned for in the Contractor's
18
schedule and bid without extra cost to the Owner, except in abnormal wet weather cases.
19
Abnormal wet weather cases shall be only in accordance with contract General Condition
20
requirements.
21
1.12 EXAMINATION
22
A.
Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Verification of existing conditions before
23
starting work.
24
1.13 PROTECTION
25
A.
General: Prevent the transportation of onsite sediments to offsite locations.
26
1. Prevent offsite transportation of dust by wetting working areas during dry periods as
27
needed.
28
2. Prevent eroded soil or silt from leaving construction limits.
29
3. Prevent tracking and depositing sediments into storm drain systems (onsite and offsite).
30
Take special care to prevent silt or other debris from entering storm drain systems.
31
4. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on
32
prepared subgrades, and from flooding project site and surrounding area.
33
5. All earthworks, including but not limited to, stockpiles, required project excavations, fills
34
and backfills shall be protected from the weather. Protect soils (existing and imported)
35
from becoming unsatisfactory and from deterioration due to excessive moisture during wet
36
weather.
37
6. Protect contamination of soils from soil and sediment erosion into soil stockpiles, infiltration
38
trenches and permanent rain garden areas.
39
B.
Clean adjacent drainage facilities, improvements and streets of sediments caused by
40
operations of this Contract. Return adjacent areas to condition prior to start of work.
41
1.14 SOURCE CONTROL BMP's OR MEASURES
42
A.
The contractor shall be responsible to provide the required source control measures, Best
43
Management Practices and stormwater treatment measures such that the stormwater
44
discharge from the site complies with requirements. Source Control measures are
45
identified in the plans and in Appendix A. The Contractor shall comply with all source
46
control BMP's.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 25 13 (1) - 3 EROSION CONTROLS
BID SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
A
B
C
D
E
A
A
A
A
A
A
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1.15 SITE STABILIZATION
Incorporate erosion control devices indicated on the Drawings into the Project at the
earliest practicable time.
Construct, stabilize and activate erosion controls before site disturbance within tributary
areas of those controls.
Slope stockpile sides at 2:1 or flatter. To be coordinated with the Yelm Community School
District and Architect prior to stockpiling any material on -site.
Stabilize exposed earthen areas in accordance with Plan requirements.
Stabilize stockpiles immediately. To be coordinated with the Yelm Community School
District and Architect prior to stockpiling any material on -site.
1.16 PLASTIC COVERING
Install in accordance with Plan, Specification and WSDOT Standard Specifications Section
8- 01.3(5) requirements. To be coordinated with the Yelm Community School District and
Architect prior to stockpiling any material on -site.
1.17 CATCH BASIN INLET PROTECTION
Install in accordance with Plan and Specification requirements. The Contractor shall
remove all catch basin structure protection at project completion and clean each catch
basin to thoroughly remove any sediments and debris.
1.18 PAVEMENT SWEEPING
Pavement Sweeping: Provide pavement sweeping with mechanical equipment and /or
brooms as soon as sediments appear on adjacent parking lots and roads. No water
washing is permitted.
1.19 DUST CONTROL
Dust Control: Provide water over the site to allay airborne transportation of sediments
offsite as required.
1.20 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Perform Field Quality Control in accordance with Washington State Department of
Washington 2014 Standard Specifications.
1.21 CLEANING
Maintenance:
1. The Contractor shall carefully review and maintain all stormwater pollution prevention
measures on a daily basis during the winter construction season and weekly during the
other construction seasons. Complete an Erosion Control Checklist on a daily basis
during wet season construction and weekly during other construction seasons. This
information shall be kept in the Site Log Book (maintained by the CESCL designated by
the Contractor) and be available for review by the Owner / Architect / Engineer / Governing
Agency. Remove and properly dispose of surplus sediments, unsuitable soils and
unsatisfactory soil and waste material at an approved offsite facility.
39
40 END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 31 25 13 (1) - 4
BID SET
EROSION CONTROLS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
SECTION 32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
PART 1GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Asphalt materials
2. Aggregate materials
3. Aggregate subbase
4. Asphalt paving base course, binder course and wearing course
5. Asphalt paving overlay for existing paving
6. Surface slurry
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 31 05 16 - Aggregates
2. Section 31 10 00 - Site Clearing, Grubbing and Demolition
3. Section 31 23 23 - Earthwork
4. Section 31 25 13 - Erosion Control
5. Section 33 01 31 - Utility Structure Grade Adjustment
6. Section 33 05 13 - Manholes and Structures
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:
1. AASHTO M17 - Standard Specification for Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving Mixtures.
2. AASHTO M29 - Standard Specification for Fine Aggregate for Bituminous Paving
Mixtures.
3. AASHTO M140 - Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt.
4. AASHTO M208 - Standard Specification for Cationic Emulsified Asphalt.
5. AASHTO M288 - Standard Specification for Geotextile Specification for Highway
Applications.
6. AASHTO M320 - Standard Specification for Performance Graded Asphalt Binder.
7. AASHTO M324 - Standard Specification for Joint and Crack Sealants, Hot Applied, for
Concrete and Asphalt Pavements.
8. AASHTO MP1 a - Standard Specification for Performance Graded Asphalt Binder.
B. Asphalt Institute:
1. Al MS -2 - Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete and Other Hot Mix Types.
2. Al MS -19 - Basic Asphalt Emulsion Manual.
3. Al SP -2 - Superpave Mix Design.
C. ASTM International:
1. ASTM C1371 - Standard Test Method for Determination of Emittance of Materials near
Room Temperature Using Portable Emissometers.
2. ASTM C1549 - Standard Test Method for Determination of Solar Reflectance near
Ambient Temperature Using a Portable Solar Reflectometer.
3. ASTM D242 - Standard Specification for Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving Mixtures.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 321216-1 ASPHALT PAVING
BID SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
1.03
1.04
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
4. ASTM D692 - Standard Specification for Coarse Aggregate for Bituminous Paving
Mixtures.
5. ASTM D946 - Standard Specification for Penetration Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in
Pavement Construction.
6. ASTM D977 - Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt.
7. ASTM D1073 - Standard Specification for Fine Aggregate for Bituminous Paving
Mixtures.
8. ASTM D1188 - Standard Test Method for Bulk Specific Gravity and Density of
Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Using Coated Samples
9. ASTM D2027 - Standard Specification for Cutback Asphalt (Medium Curing Type).
10. ASTM D2397 - Standard Specification for Cationic Emulsified Asphalt.
11. ASTM D2726 - Standard Test Method for Bulk Specific Gravity and Density of Non -
Absorptive Compacted Bituminous Mixtures.
12. ASTM D2950 - Standard Test Method for Density of Bituminous Concrete in Place by
Nuclear Methods.
13. ASTM D3381 - Standard Specification for Viscosity Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in
Pavement Construction.
14. ASTM D3515 - Standard Specification for Hot Mixed, Hot Laid Bituminous Paving
Mixtures.
15. ASTM D3549 - Standard Test Method for Thickness or Height of Compacted Bituminous
Paving Mixture Specimens.
16. ASTM D3910 - Standard Practices for Design, Testing and Construction of Slurry Seal.
17. ASTM D6690 - Standard Specification for Joint and Crack Sealants, Hot Applied, for
Concrete and Asphalt Pavements.
18. ASTM E408 - Standard Test Methods for Total Normal Emittance of Surfaces Using
Inspection -Meter Techniques.
19. ASTM E903 - Standard Test Method for Solar Absorptance, Reflectance and
Transmittance of Materials Using Integrating Spheres.
20. ASTM E1918 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Solar Reflectance of Horizontal and
Low Sloped Surfaces in the Field.
21. ASTM E1980 - Standard Practice for Calculating Solar Reflectance Index of Horizontal
and Low Sloped Opaque Surfaces.
DEFINITIONS
A. WSDOT: Washington State Department of Transportation.
B. HMA: Hot Mix Asphalt.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and
Municipal Construction 2014 ( WSDOT /APWA Publication M41 -10).
B. Weather Limitations: Conform to requirements of Section 5- 04.3(16) of WSDOT / APWA
Standard Specifications for Weather Limitations.
C. Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for construction
activities. Utilize flagmen, barricades, warning signs and warning lights as required.
D. Layout: Have layout of work under this Section by Washington State Licensed Land Surveyor
who is acceptable to Architect / Engineer. If discrepancies are found by surveyor between
Drawings and actual conditions at site, Architect reserves the right to make such minor
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 321216-2
BID SET
ASPHALT PAVING
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
adjustments in work specified as necessary to accomplish intent of Contract Documents without
2
increased cost to Owner.
3
E.
Grade Control: Establish and maintain required lines and elevations.
4
F.
Prework Meeting: The Contractor shall schedule and coordinate a preconstruction meeting with
5
the Pierce County Site Development Inspector prior to commencing any project work. Comply
6
with inspection requirements.
7
1.05 SUBMITTALS
8
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated, including signage and wheel stops. Include
9
technical data and tested physical and performance properties.
10
B.
Job -Mix Designs: WSDOT certification and approval of each job mix proposed for the Work.
11
C.
Material Certificates: For each paving and aggregate material. Provide from an independent
12
third party qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance of
13
specified materials.
14
D.
Herbicide treatment.
15
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
16
A.
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with WSDOT Section 5 -04, HMA Class '/2 inch PG 64 -22
17
asphalt for asphalt paving work.
18
B.
Asphalt Paving Publication: Comply with Al MS -22, "Construction of Hot Mix Asphalt
19
Pavements ".
20 C. Warranty
21 1. Time Period: One (1) year after project final completion.
22 2. Pavement Repair: One year after the date of project final completion, the Owner, the
23 Architect and the Contractor shall walk the site to identify areas of asphalt pavement
24 cracking, raveling or other types of pavement failure. This shall include the parking
25 areas, roads, walks, etc. The Contractor shall repair the identified areas of failure in a
26 method to prevent continued failure. They shall repaint striping and pavement markings
27 covered or removed by the repair.
28 1.07 QUALIFICATIONS
29 A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer shall be a paving -mix manufacturer registered with
30 and approved by WSDOT.
31 PART 2 PRODUCTS
32 2.01 ASPHALT MATERIALS
33 A. Asphalt Pavement: Provide dense, hot laid, hot mix asphalt plant mixes approved by WSDOT
34 according to procedures in AI's "Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete and other Hot Mix
35 Types ". 1/2" HMA, PG 64 -22, thickness as indicated on plans, conforming to WSDOT Standard
36 Specification 5 -04 requirements. Alternative mix designs must be approved prior to bid (no
37 substitutions post bid).
38 2.02 AGGREGATE MATERIALS
39 A. Aggregates:
40 1. General: Use locally available materials and gradations that exhibit satisfactory record of
41 previous installations.
42 2. Crushed Surfacing Base Course and Top Course: Per Section 31 05 16.
43 3. Recycled Asphalt Pavement Materials: The use of recycled asphalt pavement materials
44 in the proposed mix design is acceptable provided it conforms to the requirements of
45 Section 9 -03.21 of the WSDOT / APWA Standard Specifications.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 321216-3 ASPHALT PAVING
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
2 A. Joint Sealant: Per applicable requirements of Section 9 -04 of WSDOT / APWA Standard
3 Specifications for "CSS -1" and diluted 50 / 50 with water.
4 B. Onsite Paint Striping: In accordance with Section 32 17 23 Pavement Markings requirements.
5 C. Soil Sterilant: "Casaron" or another commercial residual herbicide registered with Washington
6 State Department of Agriculture for use under pavement.
7 D. Asphalt Pavement Crack Sealant: Cracks up to 3/" in width shall comply with joint sealant
8 materials (CSS -1).
9 E. Asphalt Sealant/Coating: Shall be non - toxic; contain low VOC and no solvents. Acceptable
10 products include PaveShield sealant by Neyra, Star Micro -Pave sealant by Pavement Coatings,
11 Inc. or approved equal.
12 2.04 MIXES
13 A. Asphalt Pavement: Provide dense, hot laid, hot mix asphalt plant mixes approved by WSDOT
14 according to procedures in AI's "Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete and other Hot Mix
15 Types ". Provide '/2" Class HMA, PG 64 -22, thickness as indicated on plans, conforming to
16 WSDOT Standard Specification 5 -04 requirements. Alternative mix designs must be approved
17 prior to bid (no substitutions post bid).
18 PART 3 EXECUTION
19 3.01 GENERAL
20 A. Project Phasing and Sequencing: General project phasing and sequencing requirements are
21 described in Division 1 of the Specifications and Architectural Plan requirements.
22 Supplemental site work phasing and sequencing requirements are described in the Civil Plans.
23 The Contractor shall comply with all general and supplemental project phasing and sequencing
24 requirements.
25 3.02 EXAMINATION
26 A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Verification of existing conditions before
27 starting work.
28 B. Verify utilities indicated under paving are installed with excavations and trenches backfilled and
29 compacted.
30 C. Verify compacted subgrade, granular, stabilized soil, subbase is dry and ready to support
31 paving and imposed loads.
32 D. Verify Utility Structure Grade Adjustments per Section 33 01 31.
33 1. All exposed subgrade for pavement section crushed surfacing materials shall be proof
34 rolled with a loaded 12 CY (minimum) dump truck or heavy compactor. Remove soft
35 subbase and replace with compacted fill as specified in Section 31 23 23 Earthwork.
36 2. Where subgrade for pavement section crushed surfacing materials cannot be feasibly be
37 subjected to a proof roll, compaction shall be verified by a minimum of one
38 nondestructive field density test (i.e., Nuclear Densiometer) per 2,000 square feet, but in
39 no case less than three (3) tests. Or the Geotechnical Engineer shall determine whether
40 the subgrade for pavement section crushed surfacing materials is acceptable by probe
41 testing and utilizing their observations and experience. If additional compaction is
42 required, retesting of subgrade shall be at contractor's expense.
43 E. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct.
44 3.03 SUBBASE
45 A. Aggregate Subbase: Install as specified in Section 31 05 16 Aggregates
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 321216-4 ASPHALT PAVING
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
2 A. Examination: Verify that subgrade is dry and in suitable Examination: Verify that subgrade is
3 dry and in suitable condition to support paving and imposed loads. Proof roll subgrades using
4 heavy, pneumatic tired rollers to locate areas that are unstable or that require further
5 compaction. Advise Architect / Engineer of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not begin paving
6 work until deficient subbase areas have been corrected and are ready to receive paving.
7 Proceed with paving only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
8 B. Loose Material: Remove from compacted subbase surface immediately before applying
9 asphalt- aggregate mixture.
10 C. Soil Sterilant / Herbicide: Per WSDOT Standard Specification Section 5- 04.3(5) D. Application
11 of the herbicide shall be in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specification Section 8- 02.3(2)
12 A.
13 D. Tack Coat: Apply uniformly to surfaces of existing pavement at a rate of 0.15 gallons / square
14 yard. Allow tack coat to cure undisturbed before applying hot mix asphalt paving. Apply tack
15 coat to all abutting concrete or asphalt concrete surfaces. Avoid smearing or staining adjoining
16 surfaces, appurtenances, and surroundings. Remove spillages and clean affected surfaces.
17 3.05 PLACEMENT
18 A. General: Place asphalt concrete pavement per Section 5 -04 of WSDOT / APWA Standard
19 Specifications for asphalt concrete pavement.
20 1. Machine place hot mix asphalt on prepared surface, spread uniformly, and strike off.
21 Place the asphalt mix by hand in areas that are not accessible to equipment in a manner
22 that prevents segregation of mix. Place each course to required grade, cross section,
23 and thickness when compacted. Place hot mix asphalt surface course in number of lifts
24 and thickness indicated. Spread mix at minimum temperature of 250 degrees Fahrenheit.
25 Begin applying mix along centerline of crown for crowned sections and on high side of
26 one -way slopes, unless otherwise indicated. Regulate number of lifts and thicknesses
27 indicated at speed to obtain smooth, continuous surface free of pulls and tears in asphalt -
28 paving mat.
29 2. Place the asphalt in strips not less than ten feet wide unless otherwise acceptable to
30 Architect / Engineer. After first strip has been placed and rolled, place succeeding strips
31 and extend rolling to overlap previous strips. Complete asphaltic base course lift before
32 placing asphaltic surface wearing course lift.
33 3. Promptly correct surface irregularities in paving course behind paving machine. Use
34 suitable hand tools to remove excess material & prevent forming high spots. Fill
35 depressions with hot mix asphalt to prevent segregation of mix; use suitable hand tools to
36 smooth surface.
37 4. Joints: Make joints between existing and Contract pavements or between successive
38 days work to ensure continuous bond between adjoining work. Construct joints to have
39 same texture, density and smoothness as other sections of asphalt concrete course.
40 Clean the contact surfaces. Tack joints where cement concrete and asphalt concrete
41 paving or metal castings abut.
42 3.06 ROLLING
43 A. General: Begin rolling when mixture will bear roller weight without excessive displacement.
44 Compact mixture with hot -hand tampers or vibrating plate compactors in areas inaccessible to
45 rollers.
46 B. Breakdown Rolling: Accomplish breakdown or initial rolling immediately following rolling of joints
47 and outside edge. Check surface after breakdown rolling and repair displaced areas with hot
48 material.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 321216-5 ASPHALT PAVING
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 C. Second Rolling: Follow breakdown rolling as soon as possible, while mixture is hot. Continue
2 second rolling until mixture has been thoroughly compacted.
3 D. Finish Rolling: Perform finish rolling while mixture is still warm enough for removal of roller
4 marks. Continue rolling until roller marks are eliminated and course has attained maximum
5 density.
6 E. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has cooled and
7 hardened.
8 F. Erect Barricades: Protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to become
9 marked.
10 G. Patching: Install asphalt pavement section materials to required Plan depths. Saw cut perimeter
11 of patch and excavate existing pavement section to sound base. Excavate rectangular or
12 trapezoidal patches, extending 12 inches or one foot into adjacent sound pavement, unless
13 otherwise indicated. Cut excavation faces vertically. Remove excavated material. Recompact
14 existing unbound aggregate base course to form new subgrade. Apply tack coat uniformly to
15 vertical surfaces abutting or projecting into new, hot mix asphalt paving at a rate of
16 0.15gallons /square yard. Allow tack coat to cure undisturbed before applying hot -mix asphalt
17 paving.
18 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
19 A. General: The Contractor shall coordinate and schedule the Owner's testing representative to
20 be onsite for temperature testing of the mix prior to placement. Should temperatures be
21 noncompliant, the truck shall be rejected at no additional cost to the Owner. Testing service
22 may test in place asphalt concrete courses for compliance with requirements for compaction,
23 thickness (five core tests) and surface smoothness in locations selected by Architect /
24 Engineer. Patch holes from test coring. Repair or remove and replace unacceptable paving as
25 directed by Architect / Engineer. Each failed test may require up to ten (10) additional tests at
26 Contractor's expense.
27
B.
Compaction: Asphalt concrete surfacing shall be compacted to at least 92 percent of maximum
28
density as determined by WSDOT Test Method 705. Level of compaction attained will be
29
determined as average of not less than five (5) nuclear density gauge tests taken by testing
30
service on day mix is placed (after completion of finish rolling) at randomly selected locations
31
within each lot. Quantity represented by each lot will be not greater than single day's
32
production or approximately 40 tons, whichever is less. Cores may be used as alternate to
33
nuclear density gauge tests.
34
C.
Thickness: In place compacted thickness will not be acceptable if exceeding following
35
allowance variation from required thickness:
36
D.
First Lift or Base Course: 3/8 ", plus or minus.
37
E.
Second Lift or Surface Course: 1/8 ", plus or minus.
38
F.
Surface Smoothness: Test finished surface of each asphalt concrete course for smoothness
39
using ten foot straightedge applied parallel with, and at right angles to, centerline of paved area.
40
Surfaces will not be acceptable if exceeding the following tolerances for smoothness:
41
1. Surface Course:
42
a. 1/8" parallel to centerline
43
b. 1/4" transverse to centerline
44
c. 3/16" when no discernible centerline
45
G.
The Contractor shall provide the straightedge equipment and labor to be present during the
46
Owner's testing agency surface smoothness testing.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 321216-6 ASPHALT PAVING
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
3.08 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
2 A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for protecting finished
3 Work.
4 B. Immediately after placement, protect paving from mechanical until surface temperature is less
5 than 140 degrees F.
END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 321216-7 ASPHALT PAVING
BID SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
BS Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
SECTION 33 01 31
UTILITY STRUCTURE GRADE ADJUSTMENT
PART 1GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Raising / adjusting utility frames and covers (manhole, cleanout, valve box, etc.).
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 32 12 16 - Asphalt Paving
2. Section 33 05 13 - Manholes and Structures
3. Section 33 41 00 - Storm Utility Drainage Piping
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM F593 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws and Studs.
2. ASTM F1554 - Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55 and 105 ksi Yield
Strength.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.
B. Project Record Documents: Record finished grade elevation of utility upon completion of work.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with applicable Pierce County and WSDOT standards.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing and
protecting products.
B. Accept materials on site in undamaged, unopened container, bearing manufacturer's original
labels. Inspect for damage.
C. Protect materials from damage by storage in secure location.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANHOLE/ CLEANOUT /VALVE BOX FRAMES AND COVERS
A. Furnish materials in accordance with Plan requirements and those listed in Section 33 05 13 -
Manholes and Structures and Section 33 41 00 Storm Utility Drainage Piping
2.02 RISER RINGS
A. Furnish materials in accordance with Plan requirements and those listed in Section 33 05 13
Manholes and Structures and Section 33 41 00 Storm Utility Drainage Piping.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Bolts: Stainless steel ASTM F593; galvanized ASTM F1554.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Verification of existing conditions before starting
work. Contractor to verify and locate utilities requiring grade adjustment.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 3301 31 -1 UTILITY STRUCTURE GRADE ADJUSTMENT
BID SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
BS Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
3.02 RAISING /ADJUSTING UTILITY FRAMES AND COVERS
A. Unless otherwise noted, all utility frames and covers located within paved areas shall be raised or
adjusted to match finished grade after paving. Work is incidental to the Contract and shall not be
considered an additional service.
B. Saw cut existing paving around utility. Cutouts shall be concentric with the appurtenance.
C. Excavate as required to allow for adjustment of frame and cover.
D. Use flat or tapered rings to achieve elevation indicated for frame and cover. Slope frame and cover
to match the slope of the adjacent pavement (flush).
E. Seal joints between top, rings and frame with sealant. Repair waterproofing as required.
F. Reinstall removed frame and cover.
3.03 PAVING RESTORATION
A. Restore adjacent paving areas in accordance with Section 32 12 16 - Asphalt Paving.
END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 3301 31 -2 UTILITY STRUCTURE GRADE ADJUSTMENT
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1
SECTION 33 05 13
2
MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES
3
PART 1 GENERAL
4
1.01
SECTION INCLUDES
5
A.
Monolithic concrete manhole structures with transition to cover frame, covers, anchorage
6
and accessories for storm drain.
7
B.
Modular precast concrete manhole structures with tongue and groove joints transition to
8
cover frame, covers, anchorage and accessories for storm drain.
9
C.
Cleanout structures for storm drain.
10
D.
Metal work for catch basins and cleanout structures.
11
1.02
RELATED REQUIREMENTS
12
1. Section 31 05 16 - Aggregates
13
2. Section 31 23 17 - Trenching
14
3. Section 31 23 23 - Earthwork
15
4. Section 32 12 16 - Asphalt Paving
16
56. Section 33 41 00 - Storm Utility Drainage Piping
17
1.03
PERMITS
18
A.
Unless otherwise required in the General Conditions, the Contractor shall pick up the
19
permits from the City. The owner will pay for plan review and inspection fees. Abide by
20
all requirements thereof.
21
1.04
REFERENCE STANDARDS
22
A.
American Concrete Institute:
23
1. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.
24
2. ACI 530/530.1 - Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures and
25
Specifications for Masonry Structures.
26
B.
ASTM International:
27
1. ASTM A48/A48M - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings.
28
2. ASTM Al23/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized) Coatings
29
on Iron and Steel Products.
30
3. ASTM C55 - Standard Specification for Concrete Brick.
31
4. ASTM C62 - Standard Specification for Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made
32
From Clay or Shale).
33
5. ASTM C478 - Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole
34
Sections.
35
6. ASTM C497 - Standard Test Methods for Concrete Pipe, Manhole Sections or Tile.
36
7. ASTM C913 - Standard Specification for Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater
37
Structures.
38
8. ASTM C923 - Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors between Reinforced
39
Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 33 05 13 (1) - 1 MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 9. ASTM D3753 - Standard Specification for Glass Fiber Reinforced Polyester Manholes
2 and Wetwells.
3 1.05 SUBMITTALS
4 A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.
5 B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's standard drawings or catalog cuts of following
6 items:
7 1. Storm Drain System
8 a. Structure Adapters
9 b. Metal Work including Frames, Grates and Steps
10 c. Cleanouts
11 2. Cleanouts
12 C. AS BUILT Drawings: Coordinate with Section 33 31 00 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Piping
13 and 33 41 00 Storm Utility Drainage Piping. Contractor responsible for maintaining and
14 providing progress As Builts to the Architect / Owner on a monthly basis for review and
15 comment. As Builts shall be prepared using PDF's and the latest version of Bluebeam
16 software.
17 D. Commissioning Checklists.
18 1.06 MISCELLANEOUS
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
A. Utilities:
1. Research available information concerning existing utilities in this area in order to
prevent damage to same. Repair construction caused damage to utilities and
restore to original condition. Should existing utilities be encountered during work,
protect such utilities. If required for proper execution of work, relocate utilities as
directed by Architect / Engineer.
B. Layout:
1. Have layout of work of this Section by Washington State Licensed Land Surveyor
who is acceptable to Architect / Engineer. Have Land Surveyor provide to the
Owner at the Preconstruction Conference a Certificate of Insurance as satisfactory
evidence of professional liability insurance in an amount no less than $500,000 per
claim. If discrepancies are found by the surveyor between the Drawings and actual
conditions at site the Architect reserves the right to make such minor adjustments in
work specified as necessary to accomplish intent of Contract Documents, without
increased cost to the Owner.
C. Storm Drain System:
1. An electronic AutoCAD disc will be provided to the Contractor for Storm Drainage
System layout. The Contractor shall be required to check the AutoCAD graphical
linework and calculate the specific Storm Drainage System locations. Dimensioning
shown on the Plans shall govern over electronically calculated dimensioning. Notify
Architect / Engineer immediately of any layout discrepancies. Where storm drainage
structures abut curbs, coordinate location of drainage structure in relation to curb to
determine the precise position.
42 E. As Built Drawings:
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 33 05 13 (1) - 2
BID SET
MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 1. Comply with the Section 33 41 00 Storm Utility Drainage Piping for as -built
2 requirements. Contractor responsible for maintaining and providing progress As
3 Builts to the Architect / Owner on a monthly basis for review and comment. As- Builts
4 shall be prepared using PDF's and the latest version of Bluebeam software.
5 PART 2 PRODUCTS
6 2.01 MATERIALS
7 A. Manholes and Structures:
8 1. Comply with WSDOT Standard Specification Sections 7 -05 and 9 -12 requirements.
9 2. Gaskets shall comply with WSDOT Standard Specification 9 -04.4 requirements.
10 3. Storm Drain System:
11 B. Frames and Covers:
12 1. Storm Drain System: Unless otherwise specified on the Plans, project Catch Basin
13 Structures shall conform to the following requirements:
14 2. Metal work: Covers, grates and frames are H2O rated and comply with WSDOT
15 Standard Specification 9 -05.15 requirements. All grates and covers shall be provided
16 with two 5/8 -inch diameter stainless steel with '/2 inch Allen head locking bolts.
17 Frame, Covers and Metalwork shall be per plan requirements.
18 F. Cleanouts:
19 1. Storm Drainage Cleanouts: Provide in accordance with Plan requirements.
20 2. Sanitary Septic Cleanouts: Provide in accordance with Plan, Pierce County Standard
21 Details and Specifications.
22 G Structure Adapters:
23 1. Storm Drain System structures located shall be provided with flexible structure
24 adapter in accordance with the following:
25 2. Structures connecting to PVC pipe materials shall be provided with gasketed "GPK"
26 PVC manhole adapter (or sand collar) or equal.
27 3. Structures connecting to other pipe materials shall be provided with a gasketed
28 bell /hub fitting either poured integrally with the structure or located within one foot of
29 the outside wall of the structure and grouted watertight.
30 I. Bedding, Pipe Zone Backfill and Trench Backfill Materials: Shall conform to Section 31
31 23 23 Earthwork and 31 05 16 Aggregates requirements.
32 J. Miscellaneous Steel Finish: Unless otherwise specified, miscellaneous steel finishes
33 shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123 / Al 23M.
34 PART 3 EXECUTION
35 3.01 GENERAL
36 A. Project Sequencing: General project sequencing requirements are described in Division
37 1 of the Specifications and Phasing Plan requirements. Supplemental sitework
38 sequencing requirements are described in the plans and specifications. The Contractor
39 shall comply with all general and supplemental project sequencing requirements.
40 B. Earthwork:
41 1. Storm Drain System: Trench excavation, dewatering, bedding and backfill
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 33 05 13 (1) - 3 MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 requirements are detailed on the Plans and specified in Sections 31 23 17 Trenching
2 and 31 23 23 Earthwork.
3 2. Conditions: Execute work in orderly and careful manner with due consideration of
4 surrounding areas. Protect adjacent property and improvements and existing utilities
5 from damage. Replace portions damaged through this operation.
6 3.02 INSTALLATION
7 A. General: Install storm drain system structures complete with appurtenances and
8 accessories in accordance with Plan and Specification requirements. Set tops of frames
9 and covers flush with finished grade surfaces.
10 B. Installation Sequence: Coordinate septic system cleanouts and storm drain system
11 manholes and structure installation with Section 33 41 00 Storm Utility Drainage Piping
12 requirements.
13 C. Grouting: The Contractor shall install nonshrink grout at the following locations of all
14 structures:
15 1. Between the frame and adjustment grade rings or brick
16 2. Between successive layers of adjustment brick or grade rings.
17 3. Between adjustment grade rings or brick and catch basin structure.
18 4. All structure lifting holes.
19 5. Between the pipe and structure adapter at all catch basin structure pipe penetrations
20 Grouting shall occur on both the interior and exterior side of the structure, full
21 circumference around the adapter.
22 6. All grouting shall be smooth in appearance and texture with a slight broom finish.
23 7. All grouting shall be watertight.
24 D. Storm Drain System: Provide storm drain system manholes and structures in accordance
25 with Plan and Specification requirements.
26 1. Catch Basin Stenciling: Provide catch basin stenciling as shown in the Plans.
27 Provide stencil installation adjacent to catch basin structures that are located in hard
28 surface areas. Provide stencil installation near the catch basin structure for
29 structures that are not located in hard surface areas but are near hard surface areas.
30 2. Cleanout Installation: Install cleanouts in accordance with Plan and Specification
31 requirements. Set cleanout castings located in concrete pavement with tops flush
32 with surface. Remove all concrete and asphalt pavement spillage from the cover,
33 access openings, between the cover and casting and Allen bolt holes.
34 3.03 AS BUILT DOCUMENTATION
35 A. As Built Documentation: Coordinate as built documentation with Section 33 41 00 Storm
36 Utility Drainage Piping. Contractor responsible for maintaining and providing progress
37 As Builts to the Architect / Owner on a monthly basis for review and comment. As Builts
38 shall be prepared using PDF's and the latest version of Bluebeam software.
39 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
40 A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting and
41 balancing.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 33 05 13 (1) - 4 MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES
BID SET
2
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 33 05 13 (1) - 5 MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES
BID SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
SECTION 33 41 00
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
PART 1GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Storm drainage
2. Downspout Adapters
3. Accessories
4. Tracing wire
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 31 05 16 - Aggregates
2. Section 31 23 17 - Trenching
3. Section 31 23 23 - Earthwork
4. Section 33 05 13 - Manholes and Structures.
C. Basics: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and other
Division 1 Specifications Sections, apply to work of this Section.
D. Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of 2014 Washington State Department of
Transportation WSDOT) of Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal
Construction (WSDOT /APWA)
E. Jurisdiction: This site is within the Pierce County service area. All storm drain system work
located within the public right of way shall comply with Pierce County Public Works
requirements. In the event the drawings and specifications in this contract conflict with those of
Pierce County, those of the Pierce County will prevail. Onsite storm drain work shall comply
with Plan and specification requirements.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:
1. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture - Density Relations of Soils Using a
4.54 -kg (1 0-1b) Rammer and a 457 -mm (18 -in.) Drop.
B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM A74 - Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings.
2. ASTM C14 - Standard Specification for Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain and Culvert Pipe.
3. ASTM C76 - Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain and
Sewer Pipe.
4. ASTM C443 - Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes Using
Rubber Gaskets.
5. ASTM C564 - Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and
Fittings.
6. ASTM C924 - Standard Practice for Testing Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines by Low Pressure
Air Test Method.
7. ASTM C969 - Standard Practice for Infiltration and Exfiltration Acceptance Testing of
Installed Precast Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines.
8. ASTM C1103 - Standard Practice for Joint Acceptance Testing of Installed Precast
Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 3341 00-1
BID SET
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 9. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil
2 Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft- Ibf /ft3 (600 kN- m /m3)).
3 10. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil
4 Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft- Ibf /ft3 (2,700 kN- m /m3)).
5 11. ASTM D2235 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile Butadiene
6 Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe and Fittings.
7 12. ASTM D2321 - Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for
8 Sewers and Other Gravity -Flow Applications.
9 13. ASTM D2564 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride)
10 (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems.
11 14. ASTM D2729 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and
12 Fittings.
13 15. ASTM D2751 - Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS) Sewer
14 Pipe and Fittings.
15 16. ASTM D2855 - Standard Practice for Making Solvent Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl
16 Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings.
17 17. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate in Place by
18 Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
19 18. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by
20 Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
21 19. ASTM D3034 - Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer
22 Pipe and Fittings.
23 20. ASTM F477 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic
24 Pipe.
25 1.03 SUBMITTALS
26 A. Surveyor Certificate of Insurance.
27 B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's standard drawings or catalog cuts of following items:
28 1. Pipe and Fittings (all types)
29 2. Joints and Couplings
30 3. Structure Adapters
31 4. Above ground downspout cleanouts
32 5. Tracer Wire
33 C. AS -BUILT Drawings: Coordinate with Section 33 41 00 - Storm Utility Drainage Piping.
34 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS
35 A. Permits: See General Conditions. Unless otherwise required in the General Conditions, the
36 Contractor shall pickup all permits necessary for work on the project and abide by all
37 requirements thereof.
38 B. Utilities: Research available information concerning existing utilities in this area in order to
39 prevent damage to same. Contractor shall engage an underground utility locating firm to locate
40 utilities before commencing excavation work. Repair construction caused damage to utilities
41 and restore to original condition. Should existing utilities be encountered in work, protect such
42 utilities. If required for proper execution of work, relocate them as directed by Architect /
43 Engineer.
44 C. Layout: Have layout of work of this Section by Washington State Licensed Land Survey or who
45 is acceptable to Architect / Engineer. Have Land Surveyor provide to the Owner at the
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 3341 00-2 STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
1 Preconstruction Conference, Certificate of Insurance as satisfactory evidence of professional
2 liability insurance in amount no less than $500,000 per claim. If discrepancies are found by
3 surveyor between Drawings and actual conditions at site. Architect reserves the right to make
4 such minor adjustments in work specified as necessary to accomplish intent of Contract
5 Documents, without increased cost to the Owner. An electronic AutoCAD disc will be provided
6 to the Contractor for Storm Drainage System layout. The Contractor shall be required to check
7 the AutoCAD graphical linework and calculate the specific Storm Drainage System locations.
8 Dimensioning shown on the Plans shall govern over electronically calculated dimensioning.
9 Notify Architect / Engineer immediately of any layout discrepancies.
10 D. As Built Drawings: The Contractor shall obtain ACAD electronic files of the County approved
11 civil storm drain system drawings. The Contractor's licensed Surveyor shall then revise the
12 electronic files at the end of the project to show the "AS BUILT" storm drain system. All storm
13 drain system structure types (i.e., Type 1, Type 2 -48 ", cleanouts etc...,) locations, rim
14 elevations, pipe sizes and invert elevations of all pipes serving the structure shall be field
15 verified and recorded on the electronic "AS BUILT" drawings. The pipe length, size, type and
16 percent of slope shall be noted for all pipe sections between structures and cleanouts, and shall
17 be recalculated, noted and recorded on the electronic "AS BUILT" drawings. The location of all
18 storm drain system structures located in landscaped areas shall be referenced by dimension to
19 a building or other permanent fixture. The pipe slope callouts, elevations and lengths shall be
20 field measured. The design or plan location of structures and pipe alignments shall be crossed
21 (x'd) out, if revised. Cloud all revisions to the plans. The electronic drawing shall be revised,
22 stamped, signed and dated by a Washington State Licensed Land Surveyor or Engineer and
23 shall be labeled "AS BUILT" drawing. If, in the opinion of the Architect / Engineer, there is
24 insufficient area on the drawing to adequately show the record installation information, the
25 Contractor shall provide an enlargement detail on the electronic drawing or provide a separate
26 sheet that adequately shows the record installation information. The Contractor shall submit
27 one electronic pdf file to the Architect / Engineer for approval. If there are comments from
28 either party, the contractor shall revise the "AS BUILT" drawing and resubmit for approval until
29 approval is obtained from both parties'. Upon approval from both the Architect / Engineer,
30 provide one ACAD electronic file "AS BUILT ", one Adobe pdf electronic "AS BUILT" file, and
31 one bound paper original with stamp and signature. Contractor responsible for maintaining and
32 providing progress As Builts to the Architect / Owner on a monthly basis for review and
33 comment. As Builts shall be prepared using PDF's and the latest version of Bluebeam
34 software.
35 1.05 PRE - INSTALLATION MEETINGS
36 A. Prework Meeting: The Contractor shall schedule and coordinate a preconstruction meeting with
37 the City Site Development Inspector prior to commencing any project work. Comply with
38 inspection requirements.
39 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
40 A. Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and
41 Municipal Construction, 2012 Edition, Publication M41 -10.
42 B. Maintain one copy of document onsite.
43 PART 2 PRODUCTS
44 2.01 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING
45 A. General: Project storm drain pipe requirements shall comply with the following:
46 1. All roof drain, downspout piping and storm drain piping less than or equal to six (6) inches
47 in size shall be SDR -35 PVC Pipe as described herein.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 3341 00-3 STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
2 A. Accessories: Accessories, such as observation wells, trash racks, above ground downspout
3 cleanouts and tracing wire requirements shall be as detailed on the Plans.
4 2.03 EARTHWORK
5 A. Earthwork: Trench excavation, dewatering, bedding and backfill requirements are detailed on
6 the Plans and specified in Sections 31 23 17 Trenching and 31 23 23 Earthwork.
7 2.04 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, VAULTS & CLEANOUTS
8 A. Shall conform to Section 33 05 13 Manholes and Structures requirements.
9 2.05 BEDDING AND COVER MATERIALS
10 A. Shall conform to Section 31 23 23 Earthwork.
11 PART 3 EXECUTION
12 3.01 EXAMINATION
13 A. Project Sequencing: General project sequencing requirements are described in Division 1 of
14 the Specifications. Supplemental sitework sequencing requirements are described in the civil
15 plans and specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all general and supplemental project
16 sequencing requirements.
17 B. Earthwork: Trench excavation, dewatering, bedding and backfill requirements are detailed on
18 the Plans and specified in Sections 31 23 17 Trenching and 31 23 23 Earthwork.
19
C.
Conditions: Execute work in orderly and careful manner with due consideration of surrounding
20
areas. Protect adjacent property and improvements and existing utilities from damage.
21
Replace portions damaged through this operation.
22
3.02 BEDDING
23
A.
Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Section 31 23 17 Trenching.
24
3.03 PIPING
INSTALLATION
25
A.
Procedure: Install storm drain system in accordance with Plan and specification requirements.
26
Arrange for appropriate inspections of systems prior to cover up.
27
B.
Piping: Install piping beginning at low point, true to grades and alignment indicated with
28
unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets, seals,
29
sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants,
30
cements, and other installation requirements. Project storm drain systems shall be watertight
31
and pass a low pressure air test. Contractor and / or surveyor shall calculate the pipe slope
32
based on the invert elevations shown on the Plans prior to installation. The Contractor and / or
33
surveyor shall notify Architect / Engineer of any discrepancies prior to field staking and field
34
installation.
35
C.
Tracing Wire: Install in accordance with plan requirements. Tracing wire shall be installed
36
above all storm drainage piping including underground downspout piping. Provide bedding in
37
accordance with Plan and Section 31 23 23 Earthwork requirements.
38
D.
Cleaning: Clean interior of storm drain system piping of dirt and superfluous materials.
39
Thoroughly clean all storm drain lines and provide power vacuum cleaning of all storm
40
structures and piping prior to completion of all storm drainage system related "punchlist" items.
41
Provide documentation of Professional cleaning service used. Provide 24 hours notice to
42
Engineer prior to having storm system cleaned.
43
E.
Refer to Section 31 23 23 Earthwork for backfilling and compacting requirements. Do not
44
displace or damage pipe.
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 3341 00-4 STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
BID SET
Mill Pond Elementary School Play Shed
Yelm Community Schools No. 2
Erickson McGovern Architects
2 A. Accessories: Accessories, such as observation wells, trash racks, above ground downspout
3 cleanouts and tracing wire requirements shall be provided in accordance with Plan
4 requirements.
5 3.05 MANHOLE, CATCH BASIN, CLEANOUT & STRUCTURE INSTALLATION
6 A. Shall comply with Section 33 01 31 Manholes and Structures.
7 3.06 BUILDING DOWNSPOUT CONNECTION
8 A. General: Provide building downspout connection in accordance with plan detail requirements.
9 The plans require a cleanout installation with the building downspout connection. The cleanout
10 is not shown on the plans for clarity purposes, but the cleanout is required installation for the
11 building downspout connection work and is incidental to the work. The Contractor shall
12 coordinate with potential adjacent footing drain, septic sewer services and other utilities to avoid
13 installation conflict.
14 B. Provide a mock -up of the downspout assembly for approval prior to installation.
15 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
16 A. General: Project storm drain systems shall be tested in accordance with WSDOT Section 7-
17 04.3 requirements.
18 1. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired.
19 2. Replace leaking piping using new materials, and repeat testing until leakage is within
20 allowances specified.
21 3.08 ACCEPTANCE
22 A. Record Drawings: Provide Record Drawings as described herein this Specification Section
23 B. Final Acceptance: Prior to substantial completion for the project, storm drain installation must
24 be complete. This includes but is not limited to installation of storm drainage structures, piping,
25 cleanouts, thoroughly cleaning all storm drain lines and provide power vacuum cleaning of all
26 storm structures and piping, completion of all storm drainage system related "punchlist" items,
27 providing and obtaining acceptance of the record drawings and any other items necessary to
28 acquire final acceptance from the Architect / Engineer and the City.
29 END OF SECTION
2015 -20 / Mill Pond Elementary Play Shed 3341 00-5 STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
BID SET